Richmond Heights, MO. Prepared for: City of Richmond Heights Chris Boyd, P.E., Public Works Director 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO 63117

Transcription

1 PROJECT MANUAL 2016 CONCRETE SLAB REPLACEMENT PROGRAM Richmond Heights, MO Prepared for: City of Richmond Heights Chris Boyd, P.E., Public Works Director 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO Prepared by: Thouvenot, Wade & Moerchen, Inc. 720 Olive Street, Suite 200A St. Louis, Missouri Tel. No. (314) Fax No. (314) Project Manager: J.R. Landeck, P.E., P.L.S. Project Manager s jlandeck@twm-inc.com May PROJECT TITLE PAGE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

2 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Table of Contents 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements Section Number Section Page Number PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Project Title Page Table of Contents to List of Drawing Sheets SOLICITATION Invitation to Bid INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROCUREMENT Instructions to Bidders to PROCUREMENT FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS Bid Forms to Bid Security Form a Subcontractor Approval Form a Non-Collusion Affidavit CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS Notice of Award to Agreement Forms to Notice to Proceed PROJECT FORMS Performance Bond Form Payment Bond Form Application for Payment Form Construction Change Directive Form Change Order Form to Certificate of Substantial Completion Form to Affidavit of Release of Liens Form to CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT General Conditions to Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements Wage Determination Schedule to JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS Job Special Provisions to TABLE OF CONTENTS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

3 Division 01 - General Requirements DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Table of Contents 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section Number Section Page Number GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Summary of Work to Construction Change Directives Change Order Procedures Construction Progress Documentation to Submittal Procedures to Traffic Control to Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control to Cleaning and Waste Management Project Record Documents to Division 02 - Existing Conditions EXISTING CONDITIONS Demolition to Division 31 - Earthwork EARTHWORK Earthwork to Division 32 - Exterior Improvements BASES AND PAVING Concrete Paving to Concrete Sidewalks & Curbs and Gutters to PLANTING Seeding to Exhibits and Drawings Vicinity Map Quantity Sheets Site Plans Detail Sheets Laclede Station Road Plans TABLE OF CONTENTS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

4 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section List of Drawing Sheets PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The following contract drawing(s) prepared by Thouvenot, Wade & Moerchen, Inc., are included in this Section of the specifications and are herewith made a part of the Contract Documents. Contract drawing(s) are the property of the Owner and shall not be used for any purpose other than that intended by these specifications. Title Drawing No. Date Project Location Map 1 04/2016 Typical Section 2 04/2016 Quantities 3 04/2016 Site Map Galleria Parkway 4 04/2016 Site Map Sutton Avenue 5 04/2016 Site Map Hiawatha Avenue (Alt 1) 6 04/2016 Site Map Bruno Avenue (Alt 2) 7 04/2016 Laclede Station Road - Plans Title Sheet 1 04/11/2016 Typical Sections 2 04/11/2016 Quantities /11/2016 Plan-Profile 5 04/11/2016 Ref/Coordinate Points 6 04/11/2016 Special Sheets 7 04/11/2016 Signing/Striping 8 04/11/2016 Cross Sections 9 04/11/2016 END OF SECTION LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

5 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Invitation to Bid INVITATION TO BID PROJECT: OWNER: GENERAL: 2016 CONCRETE SLAB REPLACEMENT PROGRAM City of Richmond Heights 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO Sealed Bids from qualified CONTRACTOR'S for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, means, and performing all work for the "2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program" will be received by the City of Richmond Heights at the time and place described herein. SCOPE OF WORK: The Scope of Work includes improvements to several of the City s existing concrete streets. Improvements include removing and replacing concrete slabs, removing and replacing deteriorating curb and gutter and sidewalk, installing pavement marking, traffic control, and other incidental items and work, as described in the Project Manual. DUE DATE OF BIDS: June 2, 2016 The City of Richmond Heights anticipates issuing notice to proceed in June of TIME BIDS DUE: LOCATION: 2:00 PM (local time) City of Richmond Heights Public Works Department 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO WAGE RATE DECISIONS: Attention is called to the fact that not less than the minimum salaries and wages (prevailing wages) as set forth in the Contract Documents must be paid on this project, and that the Contractor must ensure that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Contract Documents may be examined at the following location: 1) CITY OF RICHMOND HEIGHTS Public Works Department 7997 Elinor Avenue Richmond Heights, MO Tel. No. (314) cboyd@richmondheights.org Copies of Drawings and Specifications may be obtained at the location listed above between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, at the cost of $10.00 per set if obtained at the Public Works Department, and $15.00 per set if mailed (Non-Refundable) or can be downloaded at no charge from the Engineers ftp website. Contact the Public Work Department to obtain ftp information and access instructions. All contact information requested on the Plan Holders List shall be provided by the bidder in order to obtain a bid package. A bid security in the amount of five percent (5%) of the bid amount must accompany each bid, in accordance with the Instruction to Bidders. END OF SECTION INVITATION TO BID 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

6 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Instructions to Bidders INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 Terms used in these instructions to BIDDERS that are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to OWNER, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a BIDDER. The term "Successful Bidder" means the most cost effective, qualified, responsible and responsive BIDDER to whom the OWNER (on the basis of OWNER'S evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2. Copies of Bidding Documents 2.1 Complete sets of the Bidding documents may be obtained from Richmond Heights Public Works Department, at the cost of $10.00 per set if obtained at the Public Works Department, and $15.00 per set if mailed (Non-Refundable). 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor ENGINEER assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 OWNER and ENGINEER in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3. Qualifications of Bidders 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each BIDDER must be prepared to submit within five (5) days of OWNER'S request, written evidence such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments and other such data as may be called for below (or in the Supplementary Instructions). Each Bid must contain evidence of BIDDER'S qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. 4. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 4.1 It is the responsibility of each BIDDER before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate BIDDER'S observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. BIDDER may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

7 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Instructions to Bidders Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. BIDDER may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction OWNER will make copies of such reports and drawings available to any bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which BIDDER is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs and are incorporated therein by reference. Such technical data has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents, with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site, is based upon information and data furnished to OWNER and ENGINEER by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective BIDDERS on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 of the General Conditions. 4.5 Before submitting a BID, each BIDDER will, at BIDDER'S own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which BIDDER deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.6 On request in advance, OWNER will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such exploration and tests, as each BIDDER deems necessary for submission of a Bid. BIDDER shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 4.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by BIDDER that BIDDER has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5. Interpretations and Addenda 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to ENGINEER. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed, faxed or delivered to all parties recorded by ENGINEER as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarification will be without legal effect INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

8 6. Bid Security DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Instructions to Bidders OWNER or ENGINEER may also issue addenda to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable. 6.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to OWNER in an amount of 5 percent of the BIDDER'S maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached, If a form is prescribed) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions. 6.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful BIDDER fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 14 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the Effective date of the Agreement or the 46th day after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid security with Bids that are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7. Contract Time 7.1 The numbers of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be substantially completed and also completed and ready for final payment (the Contract Time) are set forth in the Bid Form and the Agreement. 8. Liquidated Damages 8.1 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 9. Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items 9.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the drawings or specified in the Specifications that substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to ENGINEER, application for such acceptance will not be considered by ENGINEER until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by ENGINEER is set forth in Paragraphs 6.7.1, 6.7.2, and of the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 10.1 In contracts where the Contract Price is on the Basis of Cost-of-the-Work Plus a Fee, the apparent Successful BIDDER, prior to the Notice of Award, shall identify in writing to OWNER those portions of the Work that such BIDDER proposes to subcontract and after the Notice of Award may only subcontract other portions of the Work with OWNER'S written consent No CONTRACTOR shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization against which CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding documents; additional copies may be obtained from Engineer (or other issuing office) All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink or by typewriter INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

9 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Instructions to Bidders 11.3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form) The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 12. Submission of Bids 12.1 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelop, marked with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted) and name and address of the BIDDER and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelop with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13. Modifications and Withdrawal of Bid 13.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids If, within twenty-four hours after Bids are opened, any BIDDER files a duly signed, written notice with OWNER and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. 14. Opening of Bids 14.1 Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 15. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All bids will remain subject to acceptance for 45 days after the day of the Bid opening, but OWNER may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all non-conforming, non-responsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any BIDDER if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that BIDDER, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the BIDDER is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the BIDDERS, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

10 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Instructions to Bidders 16.3 OWNER may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER'S satisfaction within the prescribed time If the contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest BIDDER whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interests of the Project If the contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful BIDDER a Notice of Award within 14 days after the day of the Bid opening. 17. Contract Security 17.1 Paragraph 5.1 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER'S requirements as to performance and payment Bonds. When the Successful BIDDER delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER, it must be accompanied by the required performance and payment Bonds. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful BIDDER, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within 14 days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within 14 days thereafter OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. END OF SECTION INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

11 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Forms BIDDER S CHECKLIST This bidder s checklist has been prepared to assist the bidder in making a complete submission for this Invitation to Bid. The Bidder is responsible for compliance with all submission requirements as stipulated in the Contract Documents. 1. BIDDER S CHECKLIST: Section Page 1. This page should be submitted with the Bid Documents. 2. BID FORM: Section Pages 2-6. This document shall be submitted with the Bid. The acknowledgement of receipt of Addenda should be filled out on the form, the bid schedule should be fully completed, and the bid form shall be executed by an executive authorized official of the firm 3. BID SECURITY FORM: Section Page 1. This document shall be submitted with the Bid or a comparable Bid Form document may be provided by a Surety company executing BONDS that appears on the Treasury Department's most current list and is authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. 4. SUBCONTRACTOR APPROVAL FORM: 5. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT: Section a Page 1. This page shall be submitted with the Bid Documents. Section Page 1. This page should be submitted with the Bid Documents BID FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

12 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Forms BID FORM PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program CONTRACT IDENTIFICATION AND NUMBER: THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: City of Richmond Heights 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 14 days after the day of Bid opening. BIDDER will sign and submit the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within 14 days after the date of OWNER'S Notice of Award. 3. In submitting this Bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: (a) BIDDER has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents and of the following Addenda (receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged): Date Addenda (b) BIDDER has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work. Furthermore, the bidder hereby agrees to abide by the State of Missouri prevailing wage determinations. (c) BIDDER has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC-4.2 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which BIDDER is entitled to rely. (d) BIDDER has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in (c) above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as BIDDER considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data are or will be required by BIDDER for such purposes BID FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

13 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Forms (e) BIDDER has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by BIDDER in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.3 of the General Conditions. (f) BIDDER has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. (g) BIDDER has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to BIDDER. (h) This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER. (i) (Any other representation required by Laws and Regulations.) 4. BIDDER will complete the Work for the following price(s): Base Bid and Alternate amounts are more fully itemized on Next Page BASE BID: Dollars (Amount in Words) ($ ) BASE BID + ALTERNATE 1: Dollars (Amount in Words) ($ ) BASE BID + ALTERNATE 1 + ALTERNATE 2: Dollars (Amount in Words) ($ ) BID FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

14 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Forms ITEMIZED BID FORM Item No. BASE BID Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Extended Price Concrete Slab Replacement Items 1 Mobilization LS 1 2 Subgrade Repair CY 50 3 Remove and Replace Concrete Pavement, 7 Inch SY Remove and Replace Concrete Driveway, 6 Inch SY 17 5 Remove and Replace Concrete Sidewalk, 4 Inch SY 11 Laclede Station Road Items 6 Removal of Improvements LS 1 7 Earthwork LS 1 8 Type 5 Aggregate Base (4 Thick) SY Concrete Pavement (7 Non-Reinforced) SY Paved Approach (7 ) SY Concrete Sidewalk (4 Thick) SY Concrete Sidewalk, Curb Ramp (7 Thick) SY Truncated Domes for Curb Ramps (New Const.) SF Standard Traffic Control Devices LS 1 11 Mobilization LS 1 12 Erosion and Sediment Control LS 1 13 Light Pole Relocation EA 1 TOTAL BASE BID Item No. ALTERNATE 1 HIAWATHA AVENUE Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Extended Price 1 Mobilization LS 1 2 Subgrade Repair CY 10 3 Remove and Replace Concrete Pavement, 7 Inch SY Remove and Replace Concrete Driveway, 6 Inch SY 72 5 Remove and Replace Concrete Sidewalk, 4 Inch SY 22 SUB-TOTAL ALTERNATE 1 TOTAL BASE BID + ALTERNATE BID FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

15 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Forms Item No. ALTERNATE 2 BRUNO AVENUE Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Extended Price 1 Mobilization LS 1 2 Subgrade Repair CY 15 3 Remove and Replace Concrete Pavement, 7 Inch SY Remove and Replace Concrete Driveway, 6 Inch SY 85 5 Remove and Replace Concrete Sidewalk, 4 Inch SY 55 SUB-TOTAL ALTERNATE 2 TOTAL BASE BID + ALTERNATE 1 + ALTERNATE BID FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

16 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Forms 5. BIDDER agrees that the work will be substantially complete on or before August 31, 2016 and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph of the General Conditions on or before September 14, BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time. 6. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: (a) Required Bid Security in the form of certified check or Bid Bond. (b) A tabulation of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid. (c) Required BIDDER'S Qualification Statement with supporting data. 7. Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to: The address of BIDDER indicated below. (Contractor to Complete Address) 8. The terms used in this Bid, which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents, have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SUBMITTED on, 20. If BIDDER is: An Individual By: doing business as Business address: (Individual's Name) (SEAL) Phone No.: A Partnership By: (Firm Name) Business address: Phone No.: (General Partner) BID FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

17 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Forms A Corporation By: (Corporation Name) (State of incorporation) (Authorized Signature) Attest: (Print Name & Title) (Secretary) (Corporate Seal) Business address: Phone No.: A Joint Venture By: (Authorized Signature) (Print Name & Title) Business address: By: (Authorized Signature) (Print Name & Title) Business address: (Each joint venture must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above). END OF SECTION BID FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

18 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Bid Security Form BID SECURITY FORM KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto as OWNER in the penal sum of for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns. Signed this day of, 20. The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to a certain BID attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing for the NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said BID shall be rejected, or (b) If said BID shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said BID) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said BID. The Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such BID; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. Principal (L.S.) Surety By: IMPORTANT - Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project is located. END OF SECTION BID SECURITY FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

19 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section a Subcontractor Approval Form SUBCONTRACTOR APPROVAL FORM This report must accompany and be part of the sealed bid proposal. 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Address Bidder: City State Zip Phone 3. The above-named bidder intends to subcontract for materials, services, supplies, speciality contractors, etc., in the following fashion: Names and Addresses of Subcontractor Nature of $ Value of Which the Contractor Anticipates Utilizing Participation Subcontractor A. Total of Above B. Total Bid Amount Subcontractor Utilization as a % of Total Bid Amount: (A/B x 100) The General Contractor shall perform 51% of the contract with his/her own company. Name-Authorized Officer of Bidder Signature-Officer of Bidder Date END OF SECTION a SUBCONTRACTOR APPROVAL FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program a - 1 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

20 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Non-Collusion Affidavit NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF, COUNTY OF,, being first duly sworn, deposes and says: That he/she is (sole owner, partner, officer, etc.) of the party making the foregoing proposal or bid, that such proposal or bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, sought by unlawful agreement or connivance with any other bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham bid in the connection with the contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in said Bid or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid price or the Bid price of any other bidder, or to secure through collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the public body awarding thecontract or any one interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and, further, that said Bidder had not, directly or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid and will not pay any fee in connection therewith to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, of to any other individual except to such person or persons as have a partnership or other financial interest with said Bidder in his/hers general business. SIGNED: (Title) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20. Notary Public My commission expires, 20. END OF SECTION NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

21 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Notice of Award NOTICE OF AWARD DATED: June XX, 2016 TO: ADDRESS: Contractor's Name (TBD) Contractor's Street Address Contractor's City, State Contractor's Zipcode ENGINEER S PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program CONTRACT FOR: $XXX,XXX.XX You are notified that your Bid dated June 2, 2016 for the above contract has been considered. You are the apparent successful bidder and have been awarded a contract for $XXX,XXX.XX. Four copies each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) shall be prepared and signed. Four sets of the Drawings will be made available to you upon request. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within 14 days of the date of this Notice of Award. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER four fully executed counterparts of the Agreement, including all the Contract Documents. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (paragraph 17) General Conditions (paragraph 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions (paragraph SC-5.1). 3. List other conditions precedent. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited NOTICE OF AWARD 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

22 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Notice of Award Within 14 days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Richmond Heights Owner By: Authorized Signature Print Name Title Acceptance of Notice Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged this day of, 20 By: Authorized Signature Print Name Title END OF SECTION NOTICE OF AWARD 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

23 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms CITY-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT This is an Agreement made and entered into the day of, 20, by and between the City of Richmond Heights, Missouri (hereinafter called the "City") and, a business with offices located at (hereinafter called the "Contractor"). The project is identified as the 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program, located on various streets in the City of Richmond Heights, TWM Project No , (hereinafter called the Project). The Engineer is Thouvenot, Wade and Moerchen, Inc, located at 720 Olive Street, Suite 200A, St. Louis, Missouri (hereinafter called the Engineer ). WITNESSETH: The Contractor and the City for the consideration set forth herein agree as follows: ARTICLE I The Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of the General Conditions of City-Contractor Agreement, State Wage Determination, Non-Collusion Affidavit, Performance Payment Bond, Specifications, the Construction Schedule, all Addenda, and all Modifications issued after execution of this Contract, which together with this Agreement form the Contract, and are all as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of City- Contractor Agreement are applicable to this Agreement. ARTICLE II Scope of Work The Contractor, acting as an independent contractor, shall do everything required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor represents and warrants that he has special skills which qualify him to AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

24 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms perform the Work in accordance with the Contract and that he is free to perform all such Work and is not a party to any other agreement, written or oral, the performance of which would prevent or interfere with the performance, in whole or in part, of the Work. ARTICLE III Time of Completion All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. The Work to be performed under the Contract shall commence within seven (7) days of the date of the written Notice to Proceed from the City to the Contractor and shall be completed, within one-hundred and twenty (120) consecutive calendar days from and including the date of said written Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE IV The Contract Sum and Payments Based upon Applications for Payment submitted by the Contractor on or before the twentieth day of the month for work performed, in accordance with the General Conditions, the City shall pay the Contractor for the performance of the Work, the sum of dollars ($ ) as follows: (1) On or about the tenth day of each following month, ninety percent (90%) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated into the Work, and ninety percent (90%) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site to be incorporated into the Work, through the period ending up to the twentieth of the preceding month, less the aggregate of all previous progress payments; (2) Upon completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Contract Sum; and AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

25 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms (3) Final payment within 60 days after the Work is fully completed and accepted by the City and the Contract is fully performed. ARTICLE V Performance of the Work (a) Within seven (7) calendar days after being awarded the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and submit for the City's approval, (1) a Construction Schedule for the Work in a bar chart format which Construction Schedule shall indicate the dates for starting and completing the various stages of construction on a by street basis, and (2) a Traffic Control Plan indicating the location of all proposed signage, detours, road closures throughout the project which adequately address the Traffic Control Plan of the proposed Work. All traffic control shall be according to the standards of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices developed by the Federal Highway Administration. The Notice to Proceed shall be issued within ten (10) working days of the award, however no Work will commence until the Contractor's Schedule and Traffic Control Plan is submitted and approved by the City. The Contractor shall be required to substantially finish portions of the Work as designated by the Director of Public Works prior to continuation of further work remaining on the project. This may include backfilling, paving, sodding, or cleanup as designated by the Director of Public Works. (b) Completion of the Work in accordance with the time limits set forth in the Construction Schedule is an essential condition of the Contract. If the Contractor fails to complete the Work in accordance with the Construction Schedule, unless the delay is excusable under the provisions of Article VI hereof, the Contractor shall pay the City as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the sum of $ for each calendar day the Contractor fails to comply with the Construction Schedule. The total AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

26 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms amount so payable to the City as liquidated damages may be deducted from any sums due or to become due to Contractor from City. (c) After commencement of the Work, and until final completion of the Work, the Contractor shall report to the City as such intervals as the City may reasonably direct, the actual progress of the Work compared to the Construction Schedule. If the Contractor falls behind the Construction Schedule for any reason, he shall promptly take, and cause his Subcontractors to take, such action as is necessary to remedy the delay, and shall submit promptly to the City for approval a supplementary schedule or progress chart demonstrating the manner in which the delay will be remedied; provided, however, that if the delay is excusable under Article VI hereof, the Contractor will not be required to take, or cause his Subcontractors to take, any action which would increase the overall cost of the Work (whether through overtime premium pay or otherwise), unless the City shall have agreed in writing to reimburse the Contractor for such increase in cost. Any increase in cost incurred in remedying a delay which is not excusable under Article VI hereof shall be borne by the Contractor. ARTICLE VI Delays Beyond Contractor's Control (a) If the Contractor fails to complete the Work in accordance with the Construction Schedule solely as a result of the act or neglect of the City, or by strikes, lockouts, fire or other similar causes beyond the Contractor's control, the Contractor shall not be required to pay liquidated damages to the City pursuant to Paragraph (b) of Article V hereof, provided the Contractor uses his best efforts to remedy the delay in the manner specified in Paragraph (c) of Article V hereof. If, as a result of any such cause beyond the Contractor's control, the delay in completion of the Work in accordance with the Construction Schedule is so great that it cannot be remedied in the aforesaid manner, or if the backlog of work is so great that it cannot be remedied without incurring additional cost which the City does not AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

27 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms authorize, then the time of completion and the Construction Schedule shall be extended pursuant to a Change Order for the minimum period of delay occasioned by such cause. The period of delay and extension shall be determined by the City. (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing Paragraph (a), no extension of time shall be granted for any delay the cause of which occurs more than seven (7) days before claim therefor is made in writing by the Contractor to the City, and no extension of time shall be granted if the Contractor could have avoided the need for such extension by the exercise of reasonable care and foresight. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary. (c) Weather shall not constitute a cause for granting an extension of time. (d) In the event a delay is caused by the City, the Contractor's sole remedy shall consist of the rights specified under this Article I. ARTICLE VII Changes in the Work (a) The City may make changes within the general scope of the Contract by altering, adding to or deducting from the Work, the Contract Sum being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be executed under the conditions of the Contract. No extra work or change shall be made except pursuant to a Change Order from the City in accordance with the General Conditions. Any claim for an increase in the Contract Sum resulting from any such change in the Work shall be made by the Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions. (b) If the requested change would result in a delay in the Construction Schedule, the provisions of Paragraph (c) of Article V and of Article VI hereof shall apply. If the requested change would result in a decrease in the time required to perform the Work, the completion date and the Construction Schedule shall be adjusted by agreement between the parties to reflect such decrease AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

28 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms 19. (c) Any adjustment in the Contract Sum for duly authorized extra work or change in the Work shall be determined based on the unit prices previously specified, to the extent such unit prices are applicable. To the extent such unit prices are not applicable, the adjustment in the Contract Sum shall, at the option of the City, be determined by an acceptable lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation, or by an acceptable cost plus percentage or fixed fee. ARTICLE VIII Termination by City or Contractor (a) If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if the Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or repeatedly fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to make progress in accordance with the Construction Schedule, or if the Contractor fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances or the instructions of the City, or otherwise breaches any provision of the Contract, the City may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, by giving written notice to the Contractor and his Surety, terminate the Contract, take possession of the Work and of all materials and equipment thereon and finish the Work by whatever method the City may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum shall exceed the expenses of finishing the Work, including additional architectural, managerial and administrative expenses, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expenses shall exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the City promptly upon demand. In the event of termination pursuant to this Paragraph, the Contractor, upon the request of the City, shall promptly AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

29 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms (i) assign to the City in the manner and to the extent directed by the City all right, title and interest of the Contractor under any subcontracts, purchase orders and construction equipment leases to which the Contractor is a party and which relate to the Work or to construction equipment required therefor, and (ii) Make available to the City to the extent directed by the City all construction equipment owned by the Contractor and employed in connection with the Work. (b) Performance of the Work hereunder may be terminated by the City by giving three (3) days prior written notice to the Contractor if the City, in its sole discretion, decides to discontinue or suspend construction. In the event of such termination, as opposed to termination pursuant to Paragraph (a) of this Article VIII, the Contract Sum shall be reduced in an equitable manner by agreement between the parties or by arbitration pursuant to the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules. ARTICLE IX Insurance and Bonds (a) Except to the extent set forth in Section (b) of this Article, the Contractor will purchase and maintain the following insurance to cover its operations under this Agreement without limiting the liability of the Contractor under this Agreement. This insurance will be provided by insurance companies acceptable to the City and licensed to do business in each jurisdiction where the Work is performed. 1. Workers Compensation Insurance in full compliance with workers compensation laws of the State of Missouri together with Employer s Liability Coverage with minimum limits of liability in the amount of $500, per person and $3,000, per occurrence for each accident and each disease AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

30 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms 2. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance under Form CA 00 01, covering all owned hired, and non-owned vehicles, with minimum combined single limits of liability of $500,000 per person and $3,000, per occurrence for each accident. 3. Commercial General Liability Insurance, and, if necessary, excess liability insurance on a true following-form basis, all of which is written on an occurrence basis, with the following minimum limits of liability: General Aggregate $3,000, Products/completed operations aggregate $3,000, Personal and advertising injury $3,000, Fire damage legal liability $3,000, Medical expenses $50, If architectural or engineering services are provided, Professional Liability Insurance with minimum limits of liability of $3,000, for each claim, $3,000, aggregate. 5. Owner s and Contractor s Protective Liability Policy, including Death $3,000, each occurrence; Property Damage $3,000, each occurrence, $3,000, aggregate. (b) The Commercial General Liability and the Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverages and their respective limits set forth in Section (a) of this Article are being explicitly required and obtained to insure the indemnity obligations set forth in Section (a) of Article X to meet the requirements of Section (8) R.S.Mo. The parties further acknowledge that the cost of these insurance coverages is included in the Contract Price and that the limits and coverages afforded by them is the Contractor s total aggregate liability under the indemnity obligations set forth in Section (a) of Article X. (c) Contractor s Commercial Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liablity, and Professional Liability policies and any excess policies necessary to meet the required limits will AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

31 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms include contractual liability coverage. The City will be named as an additional insured on the Contractor s Commercial General Liability policy by using ISO Additional Insured Endorsement (Form B), CG The Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability and required excess policies will include a severability or cross-liability clause and such insurance will be endorsed to make such insurance primary with respect to any applicable insurance maintained by the City. The Contractor s Workers Compensation and Employer s Liability policy will include the Owner as an alternate employer by using ISO Alternate Employer WC A. (d) Contractor waives any rights of subrogation under its Professional Liability Insurance policy for the City s benefit and is doing so before commencing any of the Work. (e) Contractor will furnish an insurance certificate to Owner evidencing that it has met the insurance requirements of this Article, including attaching the requisite additional insured, primary and alternate employer endorsements. These documents must be provided before beginning the Work and upon each renewal of the coverage during the performance of the Work. The certificate will provide that thirty days written notice will be given to City before any policy is canceled. Contractor will give written notice to City as soon as it receives written notice of cancellation from any of its insurance carriers. The certificate of insurance must clearly designate the name of the Project. (f) If the contract exceeds $50, (Fifty Thousand Dollars) Contractor shall furnish a Payment and Performance Bond as required by Missouri Law for public works contracts, with good and sufficient sureties for the payment of all materials incorporated, consumed and used in connection with the wok and all insurance premiums and for all labor performed in such work, whether by contractor, subcontractor or otherwise AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

32 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms ARTICLE X Equal Opportunity and Non-Discrimination The Contractor, with regard to the Work performed by it after award and prior to completion of the Contract Work, will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors. The Contractor will comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as the same has been or may be amended from time to time. In all solicitation either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified of the Contractor s obligations under this Contract and the regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the ground of race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability. The Contractor will take action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post notices pertaining to the foregoing in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of federal, state and local codes, ordinances and regulations governing the regulation of Equal Employment Opportunity and Non-Discrimination AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

33 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms During performance of the obligations set forth in this Agreement, each party agrees that it shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in the terms or conditions of employment including but not limited to: recruitment, selection, training, upgrading, promotion, demotion, transfer, layoff, or termination due to said person s race, religion, creed, color, sex, age, national origin, handicap, or disability. In the event that any or all of the provision(s) of the foregoing Paragraphs (a) or (b) conflict with federal, state or other local laws, ordinances or regulations, then the requirements of such federal, state or local laws, ordinances, or regulations shall prevail. Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall not relieve the Contractor from adherence to any and all additional requirements regarding equal employment or non-discrimination set forth in such federal, state or other local laws, ordinances or regulations. ARTICLE XI Conflicts of Interest The parties agree to abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations relating to conflicts of interest as set forth in such federal, state or other local laws, ordinances or regulations. ARTICLE XII The Work The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the street work within the project limits. The Scope of Work includes improvements within the city and provides for the installation of Concrete Slab Replacement and clean-up of,,, within the City, traffic control and other incidental items as proposed by the Contractor on AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

34 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms ARTICLE XIII Notices Any notice hereunder shall be personally delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested addressed to: City of Richmond Heights 1330 Big Bend Blvd. Richmond Heights, Missouri Attention: Chris Boyd, Director of Public Works ARTICLE X1V Alien Registration, Compliance and Enforcement A. DEFINITIONS. As used in this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (1) "Business entity", any person or group of persons performing or engaging in any activity, enterprise, profession, or occupation for gain, benefit, advantage, or livelihood. The term "business entity" shall include but not be limited to self-employed individuals, partnerships, corporations, contractors, and subcontractors. The term "business entity" shall include any business entity that possesses a business permit, license, or tax certificate issued by the state, any business entity that is exempt by law from obtaining such a business permit, and any business entity that is operating unlawfully without such a business permit. The term "business entity" shall not include a self-employed individual with no employees or entities utilizing the services of direct sellers as defined in subdivision (17) of subsection 12 of section , RSMo; (2) "Contractor", a person, employer, or business entity that enters into an agreement to perform any service or work or to provide a certain product in exchange for valuable consideration. This AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

35 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms definition shall include but not be limited to a general contractor, subcontractor, independent contractor, contract employee, project manager, or a recruiting or staffing entity; (3) "Employee", any person performing work or service of any kind or character for hire within the state of Missouri; (4) "Employer", any person or entity employing any person for hire within the state of Missouri, including a public employer. Where there are two or more putative employers, any person or entity taking a business tax deduction for the employee in question shall be considered an employer of that person for purposes of this section; (5) "Employment", the act of employing or state of being employed, engaged, or hired to perform work or service of any kind or character within the state of Missouri; (6) "Federal work authorization program", any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or an equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L ; (7) "Knowingly", a person acts knowingly or with knowledge, (a) With respect to the person's conduct or to attendant circumstances when the person is aware of the nature of the person's conduct or that those circumstances exist; or (b) With respect to a result of the person's conduct when the person is aware that the person's conduct is practically certain to cause that result; (8) "Municipality", the City of Richmond Heights. (9) "Public employer", every department, agency, or instrumentality of the state of Missouri or any political subdivision of the state of Missouri; AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

36 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms (10) "Unauthorized alien", an alien who does not have the legal right or authorization under federal law to work in the United States, as defined in 8 U.S.C. 1324a(h)(3); (11) "Work", any job, task, employment, labor, personal services, or any other activity for which compensation is provided, expected or due, including but not limited to all activities conducted by business entities. B. ILLEGAL ACTS. 1. No business entity or employer may knowingly employ, hire for employment, or continue to employ an unauthorized alien to perform work within the municipality. 2. Accordingly, if the amount to be paid pursuant to this contract or grant exceeds five thousand dollars by the municipality the contracting or grant recipient business entity shall, as a condition of the award of contract or grant, by sworn affidavit and provision of documentation, affirm its enrollment and participation in a federal work authorization program with respect to the employees working in connection with the contracted services. Every such business entity shall also sign an affidavit affirming that it does not knowingly employ any person who is an unauthorized alien in connection with the contracted services. No such business entity or employer shall violate subsection B1 of this section. 3. The affidavit shall be approved as to form by the municipal attorney. 4. An employer may enroll and participate in a federal work authorization program and shall verify the employment eligibility of every employee in the employer's hire whose employment commences after the employer enrolls in a federal work authorization program. The employer shall retain a copy of the dated verification report received from the federal government. Any business entity that participates in such program shall have an affirmative defense that such business entity has not violated subsection B1 of this section AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

37 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms 5. A general contractor or subcontractor of any tier shall not be liable under subsection B1 of this section when such general contractor or subcontractor contracts with its direct subcontractor who violates subsection B1 of this section, if the contract binding the contractor and subcontractor affirmatively states that the direct subcontractor is not knowingly in violation of subsection B1 of this section and shall not henceforth be in such violation and the contractor or subcontractor receives a sworn affidavit under the penalty of perjury attesting to the fact that the direct subcontractor's employees are lawfully present in the United States. 6. The determination of whether a worker is an unauthorized alien shall be made by the federal government. A determination of such status of an individual by the federal government shall create a rebuttable presumption as to that individual's status in any judicial proceedings brought under this section. 7. Should the federal government discontinue or fail to authorize or implement any federal work authorization program, the municipality shall review this section for the purpose of determining whether this section is no longer applicable and should be repealed. repair; legal entity; ARTICLE XV Safety Programs, Compliance and Penalties 1. As used in this section, the following terms shall mean: (1) "Construction", construction, reconstruction, demolition, painting and decorating, or major (2) "Department", the Missouri department of labor and industrial relations; (3) "Person", any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation, or other business or (4) "Municipality", the City of Richmond Heights, Missouri; AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

38 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms (5) "Public works", all fixed works constructed for public use or benefit or paid for wholly or in part out of public funds. 2. Any person signing a contract to work on the construction of public works for the municipality shall provide a ten-hour Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) construction safety program for their on-site employees which includes a course in construction safety and health approved by OSHA or a similar program approved by the department which is at least as stringent as an approved OSHA program. All employees are required to complete the program within sixty days of beginning work on such construction project. 3. Any employee found on a worksite subject to this section without documentation of the successful completion of the course required under subsection 2 of this section shall be afforded twenty days to produce such documentation before being subject to removal from the project. 4. The contractor to whom the contract is awarded and any subcontractor under such contractor shall require all on-site employees to complete the ten-hour training program required under subsection 2 of this section. The contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the municipality, two thousand five hundred dollars plus one hundred dollars for each employee employed by the contractor or subcontractor, for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such employee is employed without the required training. The penalty shall not begin to accrue until the time period in subsections 2 and 3 of this section have elapsed. The municipality shall withhold and retain therefrom, all sums and amounts due and owing as a result of any violation of this section when making payments to the contractor under the contract. The contractor may withhold from any subcontractor, sufficient sums to cover any penalties the public body has withheld from the contractor resulting from the subcontractor's failure to comply with the terms of this section. If the payment has been made to the subcontractor without withholding, the contractor may recover the amount of the penalty resulting from the fault of the subcontractor AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

39 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms 5. In determining whether a violation of this section has occurred, and whether the penalty under subsection 4 of this section shall be imposed, the department shall investigate any claim of violation. Upon completing such investigation, the department shall notify the municipality and any party found to be in violation of this section of its findings and whether a penalty shall be assessed. Determinations under this section may be appealed in the Circuit Court of St. Louis County. 6. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to pay the penalty within forty-five days following notification by the department, the department shall pursue an enforcement action to enforce the monetary penalty provisions of subsection 4 of this section against the contractor or subcontractor found to be in violation of this section. If the court orders payment of the penalties as prescribed under subsection 4 of this section, the department shall be entitled to recover its actual cost of enforcement in addition to such penalty amount AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

40 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Agreement Forms IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement: CITY OF RICHMOND HEIGHTS By (SEAL) (Print Name) Attest: City Clerk (Print Name) Date: By (SEAL) Attest: Date: END OF SECTION AGREEMENT FORMS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

41 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Notice to Proceed NOTICE TO PROCEED DATED: June XX, 2016 TO: ADDRESS: Contractor's Name (TBD) Contractor's Street Address Contractor's City, State Contractor's Zipcode ENGINEER S PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program CONTRACT FOR: $XXX,XXX.XX You are notified that the Contract Time under the above contract will commence to run on June XX, By that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 3 of the Agreement the dates of Substantial Completion and Final Completion are August 31, 2016 and, September 14, 2016, respectively. Before you may start any Work at the site, paragraph 2.7 of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to ENGINEER) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. Also before you may start any Work at the site, you must (add other requirements): City of Richmond Heights Owner By: Authorized Signature Print Name Title END OF SECTION NOTICE TO PROCEED 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

42 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Performance Bond Form PERFORMANCE BOND FORM Any singular reference to CONTRACTOR, SURETY, OWNER or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR Contractor's Name (TBD) Contractor's Street Address Contractor's City, State Contractor's Zipcode SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): OWNER City of Richmond Heights 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: June XX, 2016 Amount: $XXX,XXX.XX Description (Name and Location): 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program Richmond Heights, MO BOND Date: (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: $XXX,XXX.XX Modifications to this Bond Form: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: By: Print Name: Title: Authorized Signature SURETY Company: By: Print Name: Title: Authorized Signature END OF SECTION PERFORMANCE BOND FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

43 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Payment Bond Form PAYMENT BOND FORM Any singular reference to CONTRACTOR, SURETY, OWNER or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR Contractor's Name (TBD) Contractor's Street Address Contractor's City, State Contractor's Zipcode SURETY (name & principal place of business) OWNER City of Richmond Heights 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: June XX, 2016 Amount: $XXX,XXX.XX Description: (name & location) 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program Richmond Heights, MO BOND Date: (not earlier than construction Contract date) Amount: $XXX,XXX.XX Modifications to this Bond Form: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: By: Print Name: Title: Authorized Signature SURETY Company: By: Print Name: Title: Authorized Signature END OF SECTION PAYMENT BOND FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

44 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Application for Payment Form APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM To: City of Richmond Heights (OWNER) Contract for: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program OWNER'S Project No. ENGINEER'S Project No For Work accomplished through the date of. CONTRACTOR'S Schedule of Values Work Completed ITEM Unit Price Quantity Amount Quantity Amount 1 $ $ $ 2 $ $ $ 3 $ $ $ 4 $ $ $ 5 $ $ $ Total $ $ $ (Orig. Contract) C.O. No.1 C.O. No.2 Accompanying Documentation: GROSS AMOUNT DUE $ LESS % RETAINAGE $ AMOUNT DUE TO DATE $ LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS $ AMT. DUE THIS APPLICATION $ CONTRACTOR'S Certification: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through inclusive; and (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER). Dated, 20 CONTRACTOR: By: Authorized Signature Payment of the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended. Dated, 20 ENGINEER: By: Authorized Signature END OF SECTION APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

45 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Change Directive Form CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES DATE OF ISSUANCE: NO. PROJECT: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program OWNER: City of Richmond Heights 7997 Elinor Ave. Richmond Heights, MO CONTRACTOR: Contractor's Name (TBD) Contractor's Street Address Contractor's City, State Contractor's Zipcode ENGINEER: THOUVENOT, WADE & MOERCHEN, INC. ENGINEER'S Project No: CONTRACT FOR: $XXX,XXX.XX You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Description: Purpose of Work Directive Change: Attachments:(list documents supporting change) If a claim is made that the above change(s) have affected or Contract Price or Contract Time, any claim for a Change Order based thereon will involve one of the following methods of determining the effect of the change(s). METHOD OF DETERMINING CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: Time and materials Unit prices Cost plus fixed fee Other Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price: If the Change involves an increase, the Estimated amount is not to be exceeded without further authorization. METHOD OF DETERMINING CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIME: Contractor's records Engineer's records Other Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Time: If the Change involves an increase, the Estimated time is not to be exceeded without further authorization. RECOMMENDED: By: Engineer Signature AUTHORIZED: By: Owner Signature END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

46 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Change Order Form CHANGE ORDERS CHANGE ORDER NO. DATE OF ISSUE: PROJECT: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program ENGINEER'S Project No: ENGINEER: THOUVENOT, WADE & MOERCHEN, INC. OWNER CONTRACTOR City of Richmond Heights Contractor's Name (TBD) 7997 Elinor Ave. Contractor's Street Address Richmond Heights, MO Contractor's City, State Contractor's Zipcode In accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, this change order is to be implemented and to become a part of the Contract Documents Description of Change Order: Purpose of Change Order: Attachments: (List documents for justification of change) CHANGE ORDER FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

47 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Change Order Form Previous Change Orders Previous Change Order Nos. Previous Change Order Cost Increase + Decrease - Previous Change Order Time Change in Days +/- Original Contract Price Net Cost Change by Previous Change Orders Adjusted Contract Price by Previous Change Orders Net Cost / Time Change from Previous Change Orders Original Contract Date Net Time Change by Previous Change Orders Adjusted Contract Date by Previous Change Orders This Change Order Cost of This Change Order Change in Days to Contract Adjusted Contract Price by Previous Change Orders New Contract Price after this Change Order Adjusted Contract Date by Previous Change Orders New Contract Date after this Change Order Recommendation and Authorization ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: Recommended by: Print Name Approved by: Print Name Signature Date Signature Date OWNER: Approved by: Print Name Signature Date END OF SECTION CHANGE ORDER FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

48 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Certificate of Substantial Completion Form CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FORM ENGINEER'S PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program CONTRACTOR: Contractor's Name (TBD) CONTRACT DATE: June XX, 2016 This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the Contract Documents or to the following specified parts thereof: To: And: OWNER: City of Richmond Heights CONTRACTOR: Contractor's Name (TBD) The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the Contract Documents on DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as follows: RESPONSIBILITIES: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

49 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Certificate of Substantial Completion Form This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by ENGINEER on, 20. ENGINEER By: Engineer Signature CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on, 20. CONTRACTOR By: Contractor Signature OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on, 20. OWNER By: Owner Signature END OF SECTION CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

50 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Affidavit of Release of Liens Form AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS FORM (Contractor) WHEREAS, we, the undersigned, have installed or furnished labor, materials, and/or equipment for the installation of 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program, installed pursuant to a written agreement dated June XX, 2016, between City of Richmond Heights, (hereinafter referred to as the OWNER), and Contractor's Name (TBD), hereinafter referred to as the CONTRACTOR), which said facilities are owned by the OWNER and described and located as follows: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program WHEREAS, we, the undersigned, have agreed to release any and all claims and liens which we have, or might have, against the OWNER, or said facilities by reason of the labor, materials and equipment furnished by us in connection with said installation: NOW THESE PRESENTS WITNESS, that we, the undersigned, in consideration of the premises, and of the sum on One Dollar ($1.00) in hand paid by the said OWNER, at and before the sealing and delivery hereof, the receipt whereof, we do hereby acknowledge, have remised, release and forever quitclaimed, unto the said OWNER, its successors and assigns, any and all manner of liens, claims and demands whatsoever which we now have, or might, or could have, on or against the said facilities, or the OWNER thereof, for work done, or for equipment, or materials furnished in connection with the installation thereof. It is the intent of this release that the OWNER, its successors and assigns shall and may hold, have, use, and enjoy the said facilities free and discharged from all liens and demands whatsoever which we now have, or might or could have against the same if these present had not been made. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hand and seal this day written opposite our signature. COMPANY NAME: Contractor's Name (TBD) Signature Print Name (SEAL) Title Date Sworn to and subscribed before me, this day of, 20., a Notary Public, Notary Public (NOTARY SEAL) I,, duly authorized representative of, designated as CONTRACTOR, do hereby state that the parties whose names are signed to the attached releases, pages 1 thru, are all of the parties who have furnished labor, materials or equipment in connection with the construction of the facilities mentioned above; excepting only such materials as may have been furnished by the OWNER. Dated, 20. Sworn to and subscribed before me, Representative's signature this day of, 20., a Notary Public, Notary Public (NOTARY SEAL) AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

51 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Affidavit of Release of Liens Form AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS FORM (SUB-CONTRACTOR) WHEREAS, we, the undersigned, have installed or furnished labor, materials or equipment for the installation of the 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program, installed pursuant to a written agreement dated June XX, 2016, between the Contractor's Name (TBD), (hereinafter referred to as the CONTRACTOR), which said facilities are owned by the OWNER and described and located as follows: 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program WHEREAS, we, the undersigned, have agreed to release any and all claims and liens which we have, or might have, against the OWNER of said facilities by reason of the labor, materials and equipment furnished by us in connection with said installation. NOW THESE PRESENTS WITNESS, that we, the undersigned, in consideration of the premises, and of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) in hand paid by the said OWNER, at and before the sealing and delivery hereof, the receipt whereof, we, do hereby acknowledge, have remised, released and forever quitclaimed, and by these presents do remise, release and forever quitclaim, unto the said OWNER, its successors and assigns, any and all manner of liens, claims and demands whatsoever which we now have, or might have, or could have, on or against the said facilities or the OWNER thereof, for work done, or for equipment or materials furnished in connection with the installation thereof. It is the intent of this release that the OWNER, its successors and assigns shall and may hold, have use and enjoy the said facilities free and discharged from all liens and demands whatsoever, which we now have, or might have, or could have against the same if these presents had not been made. And we do further certify and acknowledge, that we have received of and from the said CONTRACTOR, payment in full on account of labor done, or materials, or equipment furnished, or in connection with said facilities. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have set our hand and seal this day written opposite our signatures. SUBCONTRACTOR'S COMPANY NAME Signature Print Name Title Date Sworn to and subscribed before me, this day of, 20., a Notary Public, Notary Public (NOTARY SEAL) END OF SECTION AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS FORM 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

52 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS Wherever used is these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the bidding documents or the Contract Documents. Agreement - The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment - The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Bid - The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. Bonds - Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order - A document recommended by ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision of the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Documents - The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all amendments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Price - The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph in the case of Unit Price Work). Contract Time - The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2) or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR - The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. Defective - An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). Drawings - The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred in the Contract Documents. Effective Date of the Agreement - The dated indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. ENGINEER - The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. Field Order - A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. General Requirements - Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Laws, rules, regulations, ordinance, codes and/or orders. Notice of Award - The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. OWNER - The public body or authority, corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. Partial Utilization - Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion of all the Work. Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of ENGINEER and/or OWNER who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor - An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contact with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion - The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor. Underground Facilities - All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any easements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work - The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Directive Change - A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion or revision of the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph A Work Directive Change may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time, but in evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Directive Change will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in paragraph Written Amendment - A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1 When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies of Documents: 2.2 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed: 2.3 The Contract Time will commence to run on the 10th day after the Notice to Proceed. However no Work will commence until the Contractor has submitted information requested in Sections of these General Conditions. The Work shall be completed within XX calendar days from and including the date of said written Notice to Proceed. Starting the Project: 2.4 CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

53 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions Before Starting the Project: 2.5 Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonable have known thereof. 2.6 Within seven (7) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work; a Traffic Control Plan indicating the location of all proposed signage, detours, road closures throughout the project which adequately address the Traffic Control Plan of the proposed Work. All traffic control shall be according to the standards of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawings submissions; and a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of submission. 2.7 Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with a copy to ENGINEER, certificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4, and OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR certificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. Preconstruction Conference: 2.8 Within twenty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, but before CONTRACTOR starts the Work at the site, a conference attend by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, to discuss procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. Finalizing Schedules: 2.9 At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress or scheduling of the Work nor relieve CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for processing the submissions. The finalized schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1 The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2 It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended results will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well-known technical or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER, or any of their consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall so report to ENGINEER in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation of clarification from ENGINEER; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.4 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: a formal Written Amendment, a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or A Work Directive Change (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. 3.5 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5), ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or ENGINEER's written interpretation of clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of Documents: 3.6 Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER; and they shall not reuse any of them on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Lands: 4.1 OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements entitles CONTRACTOR to an extension of the Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Physical Conditions: Exploration and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes. Except as indicated in the immediately preceding sentence and in paragraph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility with respect to subsurface conditions at the site Existing Structures: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those drawings or physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in paragraph 4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings, but not for the completeness thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes. Except as indicated in the immediately preceding sentence and in paragraph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility with respect to physical conditions in or relating to such structures Report of Differing Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that: any technical data on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs and is inaccurate, or any physical condition uncovered or revealed at the site differs materially from that indicated, reflected or referred to in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

54 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about the inaccuracy or difference ENGINEER'S Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of obtaining additional explorations or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions Possible Document Change: If ENGINEER concludes that there is a material error in the Contract Documents or that because of newly discovered conditions a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Directive Change or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of the inaccuracy or difference Possible Price and Time Adjustments: In each such case, an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, or any combination thereof, will be allowable to the extent that they are attributable to any such inaccuracy or difference. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Physical Conditions - Underground Facilities: Shown as Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and, CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data, for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim thereof as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Reference Points: 4.4 OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgement are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance and Other Bonds: 5.1 CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or regulation or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agency must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. 5.2 If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirement of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. Contractor's Liability Insurance: 5.3 CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: Claims under worker's or workmen's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefits acts; Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of ;any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (b) by any other person for any other reason; Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person of for damage to property; and Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages provided in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by law, whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and ENGINEER by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. Contractual Liability Insurance: 5.4 The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTORs obligations under paragraphs 6.30 and Owner's Liability Insurance: 5.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, subcontractors, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultant in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damages, including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. 5.7 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, subcontractors, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultant in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. 5.8 All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interest of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the Work GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

55 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions to extend of any deductible amounts that are provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or other suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof willbe charge to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. Waiver of Rights: OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for all losses and damages of insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and any other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also waive all such rights against the Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's consultants and all other parties named as insured in such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcontract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's consultant and all other parties named as insured. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that any policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named as insured or additional insured, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by ENGINEER or ENGINEER's consultant OWNER will obtain same, and if such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Receipt and Application of Proceeds: 5.12 Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insured, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment OWNER as trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER as trustee shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper performance of such duties. Acceptance of Insurance: 5.14 If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates on CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided by each as the other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insurance purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization - Property Insurance: 5.15 If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effect the changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1 CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is indicated in and required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2 CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice of ENGINEER. 6.4 Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.5 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports or required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no provision of any such instruction will be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or Adjusting Progress Schedule: 6.6 CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. Substitutes of "Or-Equal" Items: Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of propriety item or the name of a particular Supplier the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow ENGINEER to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will include the following as supplemented in General Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, Contractor shall make written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense additional data about the proposed substitute If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER, if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow ENGINEER to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in paragraph as applied by ENGINEER and as may be supplemented in the General Requirements GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

56 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a proposed substitute, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. Concerning Subcontracts, Suppliers and Others: CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference in the cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. 6.9 CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade All Work performed by CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies pursuant to paragraph 5.6 and 5.7. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12 CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual acknowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorney's fees and court and arbitration costs) arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Permits: 6.13 Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or if there are no Bids on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Laws and Regulations: CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws and Regulations If CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance with any Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes will be authorized by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.4. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to such Laws or Regulations, and without such notice to ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR'S primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such Laws and Regulations. Taxes: 6.15 CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. Use of Premises: 6.16 CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work should any claim be made against OWNER or ENGINEER by any such owneror occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party against OWNER or ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. Record Documents: 6.19 CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervision all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavement, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph or caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

57 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions negligence of CONTRACTOR). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion) CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible representative at the site whose duties shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CONTRACTOR or OWNER. Emergencies: 6.22 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from ENGINEER or OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Work Directive Change or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.23 After checking and verifying all field measurements and after complying with applicable procedures specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawing submissions (see paragraph 2.9), or for other appropriate action if so indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, five copies (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements) of all Shop Drawings, which will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsibilities under the Contract Documents with respect to the review of the submission. All submissions will be identified as ENGINEER may require. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to enable ENGINEER to review the information as required CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER for review and approval with such promptness as to cause no delay in Work, all samples required by the Contract Documents. All samples will have been checked by and accompanied by a specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsibilities under the Contract Documents with respect to the review of the submission and will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with other Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation ENGINEER will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but ENGINEER's review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Drawings or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or from responsibility for having complied with the provisions of paragraph Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the Specifications, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submission will be the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.29 CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. Indemnification: 6.30 To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and their consultants, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, or Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party In any and all claims against the OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.30 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under worker's or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.30 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER, ENGINEER's consultants, agents, or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1 OWNER may perform other work related to Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, have other work performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is party to such a direct contract (or OWNER if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the other whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3 If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility owner or (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. Coordination: 7.4 If OWNER contracts with other for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided, in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall have any authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2 In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 8.3 OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraph 14.4 and OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraph 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site in existing structures which have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Drawings and GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

58 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions Specifications. 8.5 OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraph 5.5 and OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs and Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION Owner's Representative 9.1 ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits to Site: 9.2 ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations as an experienced and qualified design professional, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 9.3 If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in observing the performance of the Work. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other person will be approved in the Supplementary Conditions. Clarifications and Interpretations: 9.4 ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarifications or interpretation justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as approved in Article 11 or Article 12. Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5 ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER, and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6 ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7 In connection with ENGINEER's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraph 6.23 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8 In connection with ENGINEER's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11 and In connection with ENGINEER's responsibilities in respect of Application for Payment, etc., see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10 ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendations of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decisions thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from such a decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from such a decision. Decisions on Disputes: 9.11 ENGINEER will be initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Document and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing within a reasonable time. Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other part to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving the rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraph 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either way otherwise have under the Contractor Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter. Limitations on ENGINEER's Responsibilities: 9.13 Neither ENGINEER's authority to act under this Article or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization performing any of the Work, or to any surety for any of them Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgement of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgement will be solely to evaluate the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents (unless there is s specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, and ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents ENGINEER will not be responsible for the act or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work; these will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Directive Change. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided) If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Directive Change, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.4 and 3.5, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and except in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders (or Written Amendments) covering: changes in the Work which are ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, are required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or are agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11;provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

59 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows and additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect and consequential) to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph The value of the Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the following ways: Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph through the , inclusive) By mutual acceptance of a lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph ) On the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's Fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6 and 11.7). Cost of the Work: 11.4 The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher that those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' and workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holidays pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work Supplemental costs including the following: The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof--all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance or otherwise, to the work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and premiums for property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph or specifically covered by paragraph all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's Fee Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by the subparagraph above) Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph CONTRACTOR's Fee: 11.6 The CONTRACTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can be agreed upon, a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

60 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions for costs incurred under paragraph and , the CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen percent; for costs incurred under paragraph , the CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be five percent; and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent; no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs , and 11.5; the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease; and when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustments in CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs through , inclusive Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraph 11.4 or 11.5, CONTRACTOR will submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash Allowances: 11.8 It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowance so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and CONTRACTOR's cost for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. Unit Price Work: Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with Paragraph Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.1 The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an extension or shortening of the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within seven days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows and additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract time shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for and adjustment in the Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph The Contract Time will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph Such delays shall include, but not be limited to, acts of neglect by OWNER or others performing additional work as contemplated by Article 7, or to fires, floods, labor disputes, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not exclude recovery of damages (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) for delay by either party. ARTICLE 13 - WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTIONS, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK Warranty and Guarantee: 13.1 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER and ENGINEER that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Prompt notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2 ENGINEER and ENGINEER's representatives, other representatives of OWNER, testing agencies and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interest will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access. Tests and Inspections: 13.3 CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals If Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) to specifically be inspected, tested or approved, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility therefor, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance of a Supplier of materials or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials or equipment submitted for approval prior CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. The cost of all inspections, tests and approvals in addition to the above which are required by the Contract Documents shall be paid by OWNER (unless otherwise specified) All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by ENGINEER if so specified) If any Work (including the Work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice Neither observations by ENGINEER nor inspections, tests or approvals by others shall relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's obligations to perform the Work in Accordance with the Contract Documents. Uncovering Work: 13.8 If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by other, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure,observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals), and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12. Owner May Stop the Work: If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause of such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with nondefective GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

61 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions Work. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction or removal (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) made necessary thereby. One Year Correction Period: If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such long period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is Found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such defective Work,or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with nondefective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work removed and replaced, and all direct or indirect and consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Acceptance of Defective Work: If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, and appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of ENGINEER to proceed to correct and to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possessions of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court and arbitration costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1 The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2 At least twenty days before each payment is scheduled (but not more than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payments shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests and encumbrances (which are hereinafter in these General Conditions referred as "Liens") and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4 ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of the paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on-site observation of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information, information and belief, the quality of the Work is to accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendations); and that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by ENGINEER's opinion, to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACT's being entitled to final payments as set forth in paragraph have been fulfilled ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEERs opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or of ENGINEER's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs through inclusive, OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work or Liens have been filed in connection with the Work or there or other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such actions. Substantial Completion: 14.8 When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

62 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct times on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: Use by OWNER of any finished part of the Work, which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. With a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to ENGINEER and within a reasonable time thereafter OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the work to determine its status of completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writing to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, ENGINEER will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work which willbecome binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed ENGINEER). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect to property insurance. Final Inspection: Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment: After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents--all as required by the Contract Documents, and after ENGINEER has indicated that the Work is acceptable (subject to the provisions in paragraph 14.16), CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, together with complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filled in connection with the Work. In lieu thereof and as provided by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full; and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and that all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and consent of the surety, if any, to final payment. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Final Payment and Acceptance: If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation--all as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicated in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. Thereupon ENGINEER will give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance, and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR'S final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. CONTRACTOR's Continuing Obligation: CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any progress of final payment by ENGINEER, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by OWNER or CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13, nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (except as provided in paragraph 14.16). Waiver of Claims: The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after all inspection pursuant to paragraph or from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein; however, it will not constitute a waiver by OWNER of any rights in respect of CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1 OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 15.2 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any federal or state law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency; if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditor; if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed under applicable law or under contract, whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of CONTRACTOR,s creditors; if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts as they become due; GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

63 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section General Conditions if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if there be one) seven days' written notice and the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by the CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference of OWNER. Such cost incurred by OWNER will be approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER and incorporated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price of the Work performed Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER, against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy, elect to abandon the Work and terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses, which will include, but not be limited to, direct, indirect and consequential costs (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs.) CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.5 If, through no act of fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order to court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses. In addition and in lieu of terminating the Agreement, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment or OWNER fails to make any payment for aforesaid, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all amounts then due. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6.29 to carry on the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER. ARTICLE 16 - ARBITRATION 16.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of, or relating to the contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.16) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining subject to the limitations of this Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a decision or (b) the tenth day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period shall result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty-day or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGINEER's agents, employees or consultants) who is not a party to this contract unless: the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but not such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgement may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and will not be subject to modification or appeal except to the extent permitted by Section 10 and 11 of the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. 10, 11). ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1 Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Time: When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude and the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day. General: 17.3 Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.30, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement. END OF SECTION Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the GENERAL CONDITIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

64 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AND NON-DISCRIMINATION The Contractor, with regard to the Work performed by it after award and prior to completion of the Contract Work, will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors. The Contractor will comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as the same has been or may be amended from time to time. In all solicitation either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the Contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified of the Contractor s obligations under this Contract and the regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the ground of race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability. The Contractor will take action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post notices pertaining to the foregoing in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin or disability. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of federal, state and local codes, ordinances and regulations governing the regulation of Equal Employment Opportunity and Non-Discrimination. During performance of the obligations set forth in this Agreement, each party agrees that it shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in the terms or conditions of employment including but not limited to: recruitment, selection, training, upgrading, promotion, demotion, transfer, layoff, or termination due to said person s race, religion, creed, color, sex, age, national origin, handicap, or disability. In the event that any or all of the provision(s) of the foregoing Paragraphs (a) or (b) conflict with federal, state or other local laws, ordinances or regulations, then the requirements of such federal, state or local laws, ordinances, or regulations shall prevail. Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall not relieve the Contractor from adherence to any and all additional requirements regarding equal employment or non-discrimination set forth in such federal, state or other local laws, ordinances or regulations. END OF SECTION EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

65 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

66 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

67 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

68 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

69 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

70 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

71 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

72 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

73 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

74 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

75 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

76 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

77 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

78 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

79 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

80 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

81 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

82 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Wage Determination Schedule END OF SECTION WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\160008_Front End Documents_Conc.docx May 2016

83 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS INDEX SHEET A. SCOPE OF WORK... 2 B. SCHEDULING AND INSPECTION OF WORK... 3 C. STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT... 3 D. JOB SITE CLEAN UP... 4 E. ACCESS AND NOTIFICATION... 4 F. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT... 5 G. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND LAYOUT... 6 H. TREE PROTECTION... 6 I. ADA COMPLIANCE AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF CONSTRUCTED FACILITIES... 7 J. UTILITY CONFLICTS... 8 K. REMOVAL OF IMPROVEMENTS L. EARTHWORK M. ADJUSTING UTILITIES TO GRADE N. TRAFFIC CONTROL O. RESTORATION OF GREENLAWN P. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

84 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following special provisions supplement the latest edition of St. Louis County s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and the latest edition of the Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District Specifications (MSD), in effect on the date of the invitation for bids which apply to and govern the construction of 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program Project. The special provisions shall take precedence and shall govern over all other contract documents whenever in conflict therewith. Provisions for Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment in the Standard Specifications shall apply to this Contract, unless stated otherwise herein. In case of any conflict between any part or parts of the Standard Specifications and these Job Special Provisions, these Job Special Provisions shall take precedence and shall govern. Whenever the phrases or words County, State, Commission, or Department appear in the Standard Specifications and the Job Special Provisions, both the phrases and the words shall be construed signifying the City of Richmond Heights acting through the Richmond Heights City Council. Whenever the phrases or words Chief Engineer, Engineer, or Director appear in the Standard Specifications and the Job Special Provisions, both the phrases and the words shall be construed as signifying the City of Richmond Heights Public Works Director. Whenever the words State or County appear in the Standard Specifications and the Job Special Provisions, they shall be construed as signifying the City of Richmond Heights. A. SCOPE OF WORK 1.0 The Work under this Contract includes removal and replacement of concrete slabs, curb, and sidewalk installation in varies locations in the City of Richmond Heights. All sidewalk removal and replacement shall meet the accessibility guidelines defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 1.0 Project coordination, preliminary site investigation, submittal requirements, general administrative duties, scheduling and product shipping and handling are considered incidental to the contract and no direct payment will be made for this work. Additional work items to be considered incidental to the construction shall include, but not be limited to: any additional traffic control necessary to meet MUTCD standards, clearing and grubbing, tree protection, erosion control, temporary access, earthwork, hauling and disposal of excavated material, utility adjustments, saw cutting, aggregate base, joint sealing, reinforcing steel work, construction site clean-up, temporary pavement markings, and restoration of greenlawn. Any other additional work necessary to complete the project shown in the Plans or Project Manual, but not shown on the Itemized Bid Form, shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and covered under the other contract items. 2.0 The limits of work are shown in the exhibits included in these contract documents. The exact limits of work will be determined by the City Engineer prior to the Contractor beginning work JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

85 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 3.0 The City reserves the right to make changes in plan details which may vary the accepted quantities from those shown on the Itemized Bid Form. 4.0 The Contractor shall accept, as payment in full, payment at the original Contract unit bid prices for the accepted quantities of work done. No allowance will be made for any increase expense or loss of expected profit suffered by the Contractor resulting directly from such altered quantities or indirectly from expenses derived by handling small quantities of materials or performing operations within restricted areas. No allowance shall be made for any increased expense or loss of expected profit suffered because of the anticipated use of specific equipment which was not used. B. SCHEDULING AND INSPECTION OF WORK 1.0 Work on project roadways is restricted to a normal eight-hour day, five-day week, with the Contractor and all Subcontractors working on the same shift. No work may begin on any roadway prior to 7:00 AM. The contractor will only be allowed to perform construction activities Monday through Friday between 7:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M excluding City recognized holidays. Any work done at any other time must be scheduled with and approved by the Engineer at least two (2) working days prior to commencing such work. Any single lane closures necessary to complete work shall only occur between the hours of 9:00 A.M. and 3:00 P.M. 2.0 The Contractor must request approval from the City Engineer for longer working hours at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the work. 3.0 In the event that prior approval was not approved and the Contractor stages his work such that the work day exceeds the typical eight-hour day, the Contractor shall become liable for any overtime charges required for the City to staff the inspection of the work. This liability shall extend to any third-party inspection agencies hired by the City for the observation and/or testing of the work. 4.0 In all cases, the contractor shall notify the City, sufficiently in advance of operations, in order to provide for suitable inspection of the preparation work performed by the Contractor. Once work is schedule, the Contractor shall notify the City as soon as practical for any postponement due to the weather, material or other circumstances The Contractor will not be permitted to begin operations without prior approval by the City. 5.0 The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting copies of materials certificates signed by materials producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, required specifications. Specific submittal requirements are provided in Division Section Submittal Procedures. C. STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT 1.0 Equipment and materials shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer. Storage of equipment shall be discussed and determined at Pre-Construction Meeting. 2.0 This work will not be measured separately for payment, but shall be considered as included in the cost for the various items included in the contract and no additional compensation will be allowed JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

86 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions D. JOB SITE CLEAN UP 1.0 The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations. The Contractor shall not stockpile any material on the job site. 2.0 At the end of each work day the Contractor shall remove all remaining waste materials from and about the project as well as all tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and shall clean all surfaces (streets, sidewalks, curbs, tree boxes, private property, and cars) and leave the job site "broomclean" or its equivalent. Failure to comply with this section will result in an immediate Stop Work order. E. ACCESS AND NOTIFICATION 1.0 It will be the Contractor s responsibility to distribute letters, approved in advance by the City, to effected property owners and businesses in the project area to notify them of the proposed work and any scheduled closures approximately one (1) week prior to commencing work and prior to each major construction activity. One letter per household or business (i.e. 6 family unit = 6 letters or 10 businesses per building = 10 letters). This project will have four categories of construction requiring letters: 1.1 Beginning of construction 1.2 Sidewalk construction 1.3 Driveway construction 1.4 Concrete pavement construction If any phase of the work occurs concurrently with another phase, one letter may address said concurrent phases. Letters shall give an expected start date and timeframe, and state that there could be delays due to weather. In the event of delays of more than three days, a new letter shall be delivered. 1.0 The Contractor is also required to notify all residents and/or businesses a minimum of fortyeight (48) hours but not more than seventy-two (72) hours in advance of any work that will limit access to their driveways. Notification must be in writing with prior approval from the City of Richmond Heights before sending to residents and/or businesses. 2.0 Work shall be constructed in phases so that at no time will access be denied to any resident or business. If a resident or business has two entrances, only one entrance shall be reconstructed at a time. All concrete, including curbs, and sidewalks, shall be formed and poured within a two-calendar day period for each and every work area. Excavation for this work shall be accomplished a maximum of one calendar day prior to forming, however, access shall be provided immediately after excavation. 3.0 Temporary access materials shall consist of a minimum thickness of 6 compacted aggregate material. Contractor shall install and compact aggregate in a sufficient manner, and to the Engineer s satisfaction; to prevent any damage to vehicles using said access. 4.0 All temporary materials used for access will be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in his unit bid price for each related item. No separate payment will be made for the placement, maintenance, or removal of said access JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

87 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 5.0 If said access is not supplied as set out above, the City will supply said access with its own forces, without notification to the Contractor, and will deduct such costs from the sums due the Contractor, notwithstanding any other provisions given in this Contract. Wherever excavation affects pedestrian access to houses or public buildings, plank or other suitable bridges shall be placed at convenient intervals. F. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 1.0 The Contractor's work must be scheduled and accomplished in stages such that local traffic is maintained during construction. This shall be accomplished through properly signed work zones. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide a traffic way that is usable in all weather conditions. The Contractor shall construct and maintain in a safe condition, temporary access for local traffic as specified in the Access and Notification special provision. 2.0 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide, erect, move, and maintain traffic control devices in good condition as necessary to properly protect the job site and provide for safe and convenient public travel until acceptance of the Work by the City. This shall consist of furnishing, placing, and maintaining signs, flags, barricades, fences, drums, cones, temporary striping and pavement marking, and furnishing flagmen in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD); provisions of this section, per the exhibits provided in the contract documents; or as required by the City or St. Louis County. Any device that becomes damaged or unserviceable shall be promptly replaced. 3.0 The Contractor is responsible for development of a traffic control plan for all proposed work. No additional compensation shall be made for development of said plan or any necessary device in order to implement said plan necessary to maintain traffic and to protect the Work and the public. 4.0 The Contractor shall provide the City with the name and telephone number of an individual who shall be on 24-hour call for erection and maintenance of traffic control devices or other problems that may arise. 5.0 Traffic Management Schedule. Work zone traffic management shall be in accordance with applicable portions of Division 100 and Division 600 of the Standard Specifications, and specifically as follows: 5.1 The Contractor shall maintain one lane, two-way traffic at all times. The Contractor shall provide for a properly signed lane closure to provide for safe travel through the construction area. 5.2 If a temporary street closure is needed the Contractor shall provide for a properly signed detour route for each and every closure. All detour routes and temporary street closures shall be approved by the City prior to implementation. 5.3 The Contractor shall provide a minimum of a 24 hour notice to the City prior to the implementation of any lane restrictions and or temporary street closures. 5.4 Traffic management schedules shall be submitted to the engineer for review prior to the start of any work and prior to any revisions to the traffic management schedule. The traffic management schedule shall include the proposed traffic control measures, hours traffic control will be in place, and work hours. 5.5 In order to ensure minimal traffic interference, the contractor shall schedule the roadway closure and any other additional lane closures for the absolute minimum JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

88 6.0 No Parking Signs DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions amount of time required to complete the work. Lanes shall not be closed until material is available for continuous construction and the Contractor is prepared to diligently pursue the work until the closed lane is opened to traffic. 6.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to deliver notification to the residents regarding no parking on streets prior to operations. Temporary "No Parking" signs noting the date of construction activity shall be provided and installed at minimum intervals of 100 feet and maximum Intervals of 200 feet, 48 hours in advance of work. The signs will be supplied by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placement. The signs shall show the date and, if appropriate, the times of the parking restrictions. 6.2 The signs will be removed and properly disposed of by the Contractor approximately two (2) hours after construction activities have been completed or as directed by the Engineer. 7.0 Basis of Payment. No direct payment will be made to the contractor to recover the cost of equipment, labor, materials or time required to fulfill the above provisions, but shall be considered incidental to the Contract. G. CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND LAYOUT 1.0 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing labor, equipment and materials necessary for construction staking and layout as required, including setting construction stakes, establishing lines, locations, slopes, grades, elevations, and any other controls by use of engineering instruments or other tools or methods required to complete the Work as determined by the City and as shown on the Construction Plans. No separate payment shall be made for construction staking and layout. H. TREE PROTECTION 1.0 Description. This work shall consist of all labor and materials necessary to protect all existing trees by the Contractor throughout the entire duration of the grading and construction of the project. 2.0 General Requirements. All trees within the project limits or Contractor s working area shall have protection zones and shall not be damaged by Contractor s activities. 2.1 Definitions Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) shall mean the diameter of the tree as measured 4.5 feet above adjacent grade Critical Root Zone (CRZ) shall mean the area of soil extending from the tree trunk outward a distance of one foot for every one inch of trunk diameter at DBH. As an example, a tree having a caliper of twelve (12) inches at DBH will have a CRZ extending 12 from the tree trunk in all directions Unless approved first by the Engineer, a tree protection zone shall, at a minimum, encompass the critical root zone and shall be established around each tree and any vegetation to be preserved JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

89 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 2.2 The following activities shall be prohibited within the tree protection zones: stockpiling of any type, including construction material, debris, soil, and mulch; altering soils, including grade changes, surface treatment, and compaction due to vehicle, equipment, and foot traffic; trenching for utility installation or repair and irrigation system installation; and attaching anything to trunks or use of equipment that causes injury to any tree to remain. 2.3 Pruning to provide clearance for structures, vehicular traffic, and construction equipment shall be performed under the direction and supervision of a licensed arborist under the direction of the Engineer and shall conform to all International Society of Arboriculture tree pruning standards. 2.4 Trees must be maintained in good health throughout construction. Maintenance may include watering the root protection zone and/or washing foliage dirtied by construction activities. 2.5 Damage Contractor shall be responsible for any trees damaged by construction activity that are not otherwise designated for removal and shall pay the City as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250) for each damaging event. The total amount payable to the City as liquidated damages may be deducted from any sums due or to become due to Contractor from City If a tree designated to remain is removed or irreversibly damaged, the contractor shall be required to remove the remaining tree and stump at no expense to the City, replace the tree with a new 3 inch caliper tree of the same species, as approved by the City, and shall pay an additional penalty to the City of one hundred dollars ($100) for every inch over 3 inches of the damaged tree s caliper Contractor shall submit an incident report to the Engineer and payment shall be deducted from sums due to the Contractor. 2.6 Root Pruning. When construction activities must encroach into the CRZ, Contractor shall notify the Engineer before proceeding with any such work Tree roots shall be pruned in such a fashion as to allow for completion of construction. The contractor shall employ a licensed arborist to supervise root pruning that conforms to all International Society of Arboriculture tree pruning standards. 3.0 Basis of Payment. No direct payment will be made for tree protection but shall be considered incidental to the contract. I. ADA COMPLIANCE AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF CONSTRUCTED FACILITIES 1.0 The Contractor shall comply with St. Louis County s Standard Drawings and with all laws pertaining to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Proposed Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right-of-Way (PROWAG) dated July 26, 2011 during construction of pedestrian facilities on public rights of way for this project JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

90 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 2.0 Coordination of Construction. 2.1 Prior to construction and/or closure on an existing pedestrian path of travel, the contractor shall submit a schedule of work to be constructed, which includes location of work performed, the duration of time the contractor expects to impact the facility and an accessible signed pedestrian detour complaint with MUTCD Section 6D that will be used during each stage of construction. This plan shall be submitted to the engineer for review and approval at or prior to the pre-construction conference. Accessible signed detours shall be in place prior to any work being performed that has the effect of closing an existing pedestrian travel way. 2.2 It is encouraged that the contractor monitor the completed sections of the newly constructed pedestrian facilities in attempts to minimize negative impacts that his equipment, subcontractors or general public may have on the work. Completed facilities must comply with the requirements of ADA. 3.0 Final Acceptance of Work. ADA improvements require final inspection and compliance with the ADA requirements. Slope and grade measurements shall be made using a properly calibrated, 2 foot long, electronic digital level approved by the engineer. Upon final inspection, if a newly installed section of sidewalk is found to be out of ADA compliance it shall be the Contractor s responsibility to make any necessary adjustments to items deemed noncompliant, as directed by the Engineer. 4.0 Basis of Payment. The contractor shall be paid at the contract unit price for all sidewalk installed as shown in the contract documents. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor to recover the cost of equipment, labor, materials, or time required to complete any necessary adjustments to items deemed non-compliant based upon results of the final inspection. J. UTILITY CONFLICTS 1.0 Cooperation with Utilities. 1.1 Prior to beginning any work, the Contractor must request utility locates from Missouri One Call at least 48 hours in advance of any construction activity. 1.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all activities with all Utilities within the project limits prior to construction of the Work and while any Utility is on site and performing work. The Contractor is ultimately responsible to the City for his/her work progress and the progress of those parties working on the construction site. 1.3 Location, relocation and/or connection of any utility shall be coordinated with the utility company directly by the Contractor. In the event that it is determined that there is a previously unknown conflict with an existing Utility, the Contractor shall immediately stop work at the location and notify the City. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with the conflicting Utility as necessary to remedy the conflict. 1.4 The materials used for the this work will be provided by, inspected by, and approved by the appropriate Utility Company, and it shall be in accordance with the Utility Company s standard specifications for installation JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

91 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 1.5 No direct payment will be made for utility coordination. Utility coordination should be considered part of and incidental to the pay item Mobilization. 1.6 The contractor shall be solely responsible and liable for incidental and consequential damage to any utility facilities or interruption of the service caused by it or its subcontractors operation. The contractor shall hold and save harmless the City from damages to any utility facilities interruption of service by it or its subcontractor s operation. 2.0 Interference with Existing Water Services and Mains. 2.1 The Contractor shall minimize the outage of water service to residents. The cutting off of water service shall be only with the consent of the City. The Contractor shall notify the City and have the City s approval prior to commencing work on each water main or connection item. 2.2 The Contractor shall conduct his work in such a manner as not to endanger existing water mains, services, or appurtenances. Mains and services shall be adequately supported where they cross or are adjacent to the excavation. The Contractor shall bear the cost of all repairs to water mains or appurtenances damaged because of his own carelessness or neglect. 2.3 When it becomes necessary to shut down any existing water main, a representative of the City shall be present during this operation. The total time for the main to be shut down should be held to a minimum and in no case shall any customer be without water service for more than eight (8) hours. The Contractor shall notify each water customer whose water service will be interrupted at least one (1) hour prior to shut down. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for shutting down the main and notifying the customers. 3.0 Sprinkler Systems. 3.1 It will be the Contractor's responsibility to repair or replace sprinkler systems that are damaged due to construction activities to the satisfaction of the Owner. This will include all sprinkler systems on City right-of-way and private property. The contractor will be required to make the necessary repairs within five (5) working days. 3.2 If said repairs are not completed as set out above, the Owner will make the necessary repairs, and will deduct the repair cost from the sums due the contractor. 4.0 Down Spouts and Sump Pumps. 4.1 It will be the Contractor's responsibility to repair or replace pipes that are part of a private down spout or sump pump system that are damaged due to construction activities to the satisfaction of the Owner. This will include all systems on City rightof-way and private property. The contractor will be required to make the necessary repairs within five (5) working days at no additional cost to the City or Property Owner JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

92 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions 4.2 If said repairs are not completed as set out above, the Owner will make the necessary repairs, and will deduct the repair cost from the sums due the contractor. 4.3 Pipes that are within existing curb or sidewalk that are being replaced shall be placed back in the curb unless otherwise directed by the City Representative. The down spout or sump pump system shall operate as well or better than before it was disturbed. This work is considered incidental to the sidewalk work. 4.4 For all existing private pipes that discharge into ditches that are designated to be eliminated due to new sidewalk installations, the Contractor shall extend the pipe as necessary through the new sidewalk and curb. This will involve extending the pipe as far as necessary to allow the pipe to discharge through the curb for adequate drainage and the method for extending the pipe shall be approved by the City representative prior to construction. All work associated with extending the down spouts and sump pump systems shall be considered incidental to the construction. 5.0 Public Services. 5.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing proper advanced notification of the construction sequence and schedule to the following, but not limited to, public services: a) school district, b) ambulance district, c) fire and police, d) the City's Trash Hauler and e) the United States Postal Service (See Section 5.2 for additional information). The Contractor shall coordinate trash collection for the residents during construction activities 5.2 The Contractor must coordinate with the Post Office to ensure that mail delivery is not interrupted to any parcel at any time during the project. If temporary mailboxes are required, as determined by the City Engineer, the Contractor will be responsible for procuring, installing, and maintaining temporary mailboxes. All work associated with providing mail services considered incidental and no direct payment will be made. Reinstallation and replacement (if necessary) of the permanent mailboxes will be done in accordance with U.S. Postal Service requirements and in such a manner that the mailbox is in equal or better condition than at the beginning of construction. No direct payment will be made for mailbox construction, installation, or replacement. K. REMOVAL OF IMPROVEMENTS 1.0 Work under this item shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 202 of St. Louis County s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, amended as follows: Add the following to Sections and Description: and The Contractor shall restore any pavement or other improvement that was damaged or removed beyond the limits indicated on the Construction Plans, the removal of which was determined by the Engineer to be unnecessary for the construction of the proposed improvements. Such restoration shall be at the Contractor s sole expense JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

93 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions L. EARTHWORK 1.0 Work under this item shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 203 of St. Louis County s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, amended as follows: Add the following to Section Description: This work shall include any additional fill material required to meet final grades as a result of any work executed in the contract documents. Additional fill material shall meet the requirements of Section 804 of St. Louis County s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. No additional compensation shall be made for complying with these provisions. Replace Section with the following: Basis of Payment. The work involved with grading, moving, compacting, stockpiling, and all other earthwork required to meet the final grades shall not be measured for payment, but shall be considered incidental to the Contract. M. ADJUSTING UTILITIES TO GRADE 1.0 Description. Contractor shall adjust to grade all utilities necessary to bring the utility to the grade of the new pavement. Work under this specification shall include furnishing materials, equipment, and labor for the adjustment of any utility within the project limits to meet the proposed grades at each location as ordered by the Engineer. This work includes the necessary coordination with the utility companies and customers as required. 2.0 Materials. All materials shall be provided by the Contractor and shall meet the current standards of the appropriate utility agency. 3.0 Construction Methods. 3.1 The Contractor shall perform all work in coordination with the appropriate utility agency and the affected property owner, and as directed by the City Engineer. 3.2 Certain work may require use of a licensed and/or certified tradesman. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to meet any such requirements. 3.3 Service interruption shall be avoided, if possible. Any utility customer s service interruption shall be done in a manner that minimizes adverse impacts to the customer and affected utility. 3.4 Any work and materials supplied by the utility company shall be on a billable basis to the Contractor. 3.5 Any damage resulting from the Contractor s operations to the utility shall be corrected as ordered by the City Engineer, without additional compensation to the Contractor. 4.0 Basis of Payment. No direct payment will be made to the contractor to recover the cost of equipment, labor, materials or time required to fulfill the above provisions, but shall be JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

94 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions considered incidental to the Contract. No additional payment shall be made for coordination with utility companies or for any delays caused by such coordination. N. TRAFFIC CONTROL 1.0 Work under this item shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 616 of St. Louis County s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, amended as follows: Add the following to Section Construction Requirements: The Contractor shall schedule and accomplish work in stages such that local traffic is maintained during construction It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide a traffic way that is usable in all weather conditions The Contractor shall construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary pavements and connections as necessary for local traffic The Contractor shall verify daily that proper placement of devices is maintained, and all devices that are no longer necessary have been removed. Any device that becomes damaged or unserviceable shall be promptly replaced at no additional cost to the City At all times until final acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall provide and maintain such signs, lights, watchmen, and barriers as directed by the City Engineer The Contractor shall provide the City Engineer with the name and telephone number of an individual who shall be on 24-hour call for erection and maintenance of traffic control devices or other problems that may arise The Contractor shall keep all street name and traffic signs in service during the construction period. If construction activities obscure or otherwise reduce the effectiveness of a traffic sign, the Contractor shall either reset the sign or provide additional signage as required by the City Engineer. The Contractor shall reset signs, as appropriate, after construction. Delete Section Basis of Payment and replace with the following: Basis of Payment. Traffic Control will be paid for at the lump-sum contract unit price for Item No Standard Traffic Control Devices. The price shall be considered full compensation for furnishing and maintaining all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to furnish and maintain traffic control throughout the course of the job. This shall include all signage, channelizing devices, barricades, lights, cones, and other items involved with implementing traffic control for the project or required by the City. No additional or reduced compensation shall be made should conditions warrant more or less of a traffic control effort than originally anticipated by the Contractor in his bid JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

95 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Job Special Provisions O. RESTORATION OF GREENLAWN 1.0 Description. This work shall include restoration of greenlawn areas due to construction activities. The Contractor will seed, mulch, and fertilize areas to restore all disturbed areas in accordance with the following St. Louis County s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction: Sec. 801 Lime and Fertilizing Sec. 802 Mulching Sec. 805 Seeding 2.0 Material. Contractor shall be required to submit application rates to the City for final approval. 3.0 Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment. Final measurement and payment for all work required to restore greenlawn shall be paid at the contract unit price for Item No , Seeding, per acre. P. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 1.0 Description. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide for any erosion control measures necessary to control pollution, sedimentation, and/or erosion caused by the Contractor s activities. Work under this item shall conform to the applicable provisions of Section 806 of the St. Louis County s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and St. Louis County s Sediment and Erosion Control Manual. 2.0 Method of Measurement. No separate measurement shall be made for pollution, sediment, or erosion control measures, such as temporary berms, slope drains, sediment basins, silt fence, storm drain protection, erosion control blankets, hay bales, and/or temporary seeding. 3.0 Basis of Payment. All necessary measures to control pollution, sedimentation, and/or erosion shall not be measured for payment, but shall be considered incidental to the Contract JOB SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Job Special Provisions_Conc.doc May 2016

96 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 00\Technical Specifications_Conc.doc May 2016

97 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Summary of Work PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK A. The work to be performed under this contract consists of providing the labor, equipment, materials, methods, means, safety programs and devices, and testing to construct the 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program as shown on the Contract Documents prepared by Thouvenot, Wade & Moerchen, Inc. B. The work consists of the following: 1. Removal of Improvements 2. Removing and replacing concrete slabs 3. Removing and replacing deteriorating curb and gutter 4. Removing and replacing sidewalk and placing sidewalk 5. The above general outline of principal work tasks does not in any way limit the responsibility of the Contractor to perform all work and furnish the required materials, equipment, labor, safety programs, and means as shown or required by the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.3 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. All work, installation, materials, procedures, and testing shall be in conformance with the Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities, latest edition, by the Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District and the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, by St. Louis County Department of Transportation and all subsequent supplements to this document. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Source and Requirements: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act 2. Proposed Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right-of-Way, July 26, St. Louis County Department of Transportation a. Design Criteria for the Preparation of Improvement Plans. b. Department of Transportation Standard Drawings c. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction d. Sediment and Erosion Control Manual 4. MoDOT: Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, latest edition 5. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, 2009 Edition with Revisions 1 and 2 incorporated and dated May Missouri Department of Natural Resources (DNR) 7. Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District a. Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities b. St. Louis County Phase II Stormwater Management Plan c. Rules, Regulations and Engineering Design Requirements for Sanitary Sewage and Stormwater Drainage Facilities 8. ASTM - American Society of Testing Materials SUMMARY OF WORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\011100_Summary of Work.docx May 2016

98 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Summary of Work 1.5 CONTRACT INFORMATION AND CONTACTS A. Project Identification: Error! Reference source not found. 1. Project Location: Error! Reference source not found. a. Owner: Error! Reference source not found. b. Owner s Representative: Chris Boyd, Public Works Director B. Engineer: Thouvenot, Wade & Moerchen, Inc. 720 Olive Street, Suite 200A St. Louis, Missouri Tel. No Fax No C. Throughout these Specifications when the word Owner is used it will mean the Error! Reference source not found., 7997 Elinor Avenue, Richmond Heights, Missouri 63117; and when the word Engineer is used it will mean Thouvenot, Wade & Moerchen, Inc., 720 Olive Street, Suite 200A, St. Louis, Missouri 63101; who has been designated by the Owner to observe the contract work by acting directly or through properly authorized agents, engineers, assistants, inspectors, or other representatives acting severally within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. D. When the words "Engineer s representative" are used in this Specification, they will mean the individual on the job site who is directly responsible to the Engineer. The Engineer s representative is not and will not be authorized to revoke, alter or waive any requirements of the contract documents. He will be authorized to call the attention of the Contractor to any failure of the contract work or materials to conform to the contract documents. He will have the authority to reject materials and workmanship that do not meet the requirements of the contract documents. 1.6 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a single contract. 1.7 WORK PHASES A. The contract will be constructed under a single phase. 1.8 LOCATION A. The work shall be performed on the Owner s property as coordinated with the Owner, and within the permanent easements, temporary construction easements or public right-of-way, as shown on the contract drawings. B. All parts of the work performed by the Contractor shall be performed within those limits, unless the Contractor has obtained specific written approval of the property owner involved or the Owner. 1.9 EXISTING WORK A. Protect existing vegetation, structures, equipment, utilities, pavement, and improvements. B. Remove or alter existing work in such a manner as to prevent injury or damage to any portions of the existing work which remain. C. Repair or replace portions of existing work which have been altered during construction operations to match existing or adjoining work, as approved by the Engineer. At the completion of operations, existing work shall be in a condition equal to or better than that which existed before new work started SAFETY REGULATIONS A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for jobsite safety during the construction of the project, and not the Owner or Owners Consultants or Subconsultants. As such Contractor shall oversee and monitor the work of all subcontractors and any other persons on the jobsite during construction, and assure that they follow and comply with applicable safety policies and procedures. B. Contractor has complete and total responsibility for developing, furnishing and implementing safety programs, providing safety devices, providing safety training, and conducting safe prosecution of the work at all times. Nothing in these contract documents, or any verbal statement by anyone else, shall be construed as relieving Contractor of this responsibility SUMMARY OF WORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\011100_Summary of Work.docx May 2016

99 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Summary of Work C. As such, Contractor shall be responsible for knowing, complying with and enforcing all Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards (29 CFR 1926/1910), pertaining to the construction industry and the project, as established by the United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration D. When trenching is required, Contractor shall especially be aware of, comply with and enforce the OSHA requirements for benching of trenches, for trench excavations, and for trench box materials and use. E. Contractor shall also be responsible for knowing, complying with and enforcing the requirements and standards of the William-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and all state and local laws, ordinances, and codes governing safety and health. F. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the jobsite is left in a neat and satisfactory condition at the end of each day. To protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage, adequate barricades, including but not limited to flasher and reflectorized construction signs, electronic warning signs, red lanterns, fencing and guards, and any other protection as required shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the construction work. Protection shall be afforded to all persons having access to the job site SUPERINTENDENCE BY THE CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor shall designate one individual as his Superintendent who shall be the Contractor s representative on the job site at all times contract work is in progress. Said Superintendent shall be capable of superintending the contract work efficiently and shall be authorized to communicate with the Engineer and/or Engineer s representative on behalf of the Contractor. Said Superintendent shall be trained in safety related programs and unless the Contractor designates a separate Safety Officer, shall be the individual on the project site who is responsible for jobsite safety USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as indicated on drawings by the contract limits. B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to areas within the contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the work is indicated. 1. Limits: Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation; 5 feet beyond primary roadway curbs, driveways, and sidewalk. 2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner s employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site WORK RESTRICTIONS A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working hours of 7 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except as otherwise indicated. B. Weekend Hours: No work shall be perform unless approved by the Engineer. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner s written permission ABBREVIATIONS A. The following abbreviations have been utilized in the preparation of these Specifications: 1. AASHTO - American Association of Safety and Highway Transportation Officials 2. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act 3. ANSI - American National Standards Institute SUMMARY OF WORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\011100_Summary of Work.docx May 2016

100 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Summary of Work 4. ASTM - American Society of Testing Materials 5. MSD - Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District 6. County - St. Louis County Department of Transportation 7. MoDOT - Missouri Department of Transportation 8. DNR Missouri Department of Natural Resources 9. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency 1.15 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 49-division format and CSI MasterFormat numbering system. B. Section Identification: The Specifications use Section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the contract documents. Sections in the project manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete because all available Section numbers are not used. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the project manual to determine numbers and names of Sections in the contract documents. C. Division 01: Sections in Division 01 govern the execution of the work of all Sections in the Specifications. D. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other contract documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the contract documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words shall, shall be, or shall comply with, depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. b. Where "as shown", "as indicated", "as detailed", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference to the contract document(s) accompanying these Specifications is made unless stated otherwise. Where "as directed", "as required", "as permitted", "approved", "acceptance", or other words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that direction, requirements, permission, approval, or acceptance of the Engineer or Engineer s representative is intended unless stated otherwise. As used herein, "provide" shall be understood to mean, "provide complete in place", that is furnish and install LIENS A. Prior to final payment, and as condition precedent thereto, the Contractor, and all sub-contractors and all other suppliers of materials, services, transportation, equipment or labor, shall execute and deliver to the Owner their releases on forms supplied by the Owner, of all claims or liens for material supplied or labor performed by virtue of this contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Products to be installed in this project are detailed under the respective Specification Sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD SURVEY WORK A. The Engineer shall initially stake out the location of all structures and shall provide the Contractor with survey reference points for the structures and shall check from time-to-time when considered necessary in the opinion of the Engineer's representative, the several locations of the structures as the work progresses. The Contractor SUMMARY OF WORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\011100_Summary of Work.docx May 2016

101 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Summary of Work shall provide the necessary field engineering crews to control on a day-to-day basis construction work and the location and grade lines of the various structures. B. Contractor shall furnish, set and maintain suitable stakes, grade boards, templates, and other structures for establishing and maintaining points, marks and lines and shall furnish the Engineer's representative with such assistance as he may require for checking such points, marks or lines and in checking measurements necessary in the prosecution of the work. C. Contractor will be held responsible for checking all elevations and dimensions of the existing structures that are to become part of the completed facility. 3.2 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Contractor shall not have exclusive occupancy of the site of work. Other contractors and the Owner s employees may enter and perform work on the site. The Owner and others will conduct their work in such a manner as not to interfere with the work of the Contractor and the same courtesy is expected of the Contractor. 3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES A. Contractor shall particularly note the existing facilities and take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage to them. Any existing facilities damaged by the Contractor's carelessness or negligence shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. B. Contractor shall contact Missouri One Call to locate utilities and determine the location of all existing underground utility structures and appurtenances, such as gas, electric, telephone, cable T.V, water, storm sewers, and sanitary sewer utilities before actual construction commences. C. Temporary support, adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and surface utility structures, drains, sewers, and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the work shall be provided by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor, at his expense, shall repair utilities that are damaged in the course of the work. D. Trees, shrubs, bushes, fences, poles, mailboxes, and all other property shall be protected unless their removal is authorized. The Contractor shall restore any property damaged to the satisfaction of the property owner in a reasonable time. E. Where the grade or alignment of the proposed facilities are obstructed by existing utility structures such as conduits, ducts, pipes, branch connections to main sewers, or main drains, the obstruction shall be permanently supported, relocated, removed, or reconstructed by the Contractor in cooperation with the owners of such utility structures. F. All costs for exploratory excavations, backfilling, pavement or other repairs, support, and maintenance of existing utilities, structures, and other existing facilities shall be borne by the Contractor and are included in the contract price. 3.4 CODES AND ORDINANCES A. Contractor shall confine apparatus, storage of materials and construction operations to the limits prescribed by ordinances or permits or as may be directed by the Owner and shall not encumber the job site. B. Contractor agrees to conform with and enforce any instructions of the Owner, or local laws regarding signs, advertising, fires, and smoking. C. Contractor agrees to conform to, and abide by, all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of the federal government, state, county, municipality, or branches thereof, which pertain to or in any way affect the work to be undertaken by the Contractor. 3.5 RESTORATION AND MAINTENANCE WORK A. Restore and/or replace gutters, swales, ditches, trees, bushes, shrubbery, fences, sod, grass or other disturbed surface or structure to a condition equal to that before the work began, and to THE SATISFACTION OF GOVERNING CITY OR COUNTY AUTHORITIES, AND FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL incidental thereto. B. Following the acceptance of the project by the Engineer, the Contractor shall maintain trees, bushes, shrubbery, fences, sod, grass and other disturbed surfaces and property for period of one year thereafter SUMMARY OF WORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\011100_Summary of Work.docx May 2016

102 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Summary of Work 3.6 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY A. Unless designated otherwise in the specifications, the Contractor shall guarantee for a period of one (1) year after final completion, all work associated with this project to be free from defects in material or construction. Specific equipment and/or work may require additional warranty periods beyond the one-year period as provided by the equipment manufacturer and Contractor. END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\011100_Summary of Work.docx May 2016

103 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Change Directives PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.2 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Engineer may issue a construction change directive. Construction change directive instructs contractor to proceed with a change in the work, for subsequent inclusion in a change order. 1. Construction change directive contains a complete description of change in the work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the contract sum or the contract time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the construction change directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 1 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\012646_Construction Change Directives.docx May 2016

104 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Change Order Procedures PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.2 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner s approval of a proposed change order request, engineer will issue a change order requiring signatures of Owner and Contractor. Change order form to be provided by Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 1 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\012663_Change Order Procedures.docx May 2016

105 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Preliminary construction schedule 2. Contractor s construction schedule 3. Submittals schedule 4. Daily construction reports 5. Material location reports 6. Field condition reports 7. Special reports B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division Section Submittal Procedures for submitting schedules and reports 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total contract sum, unless otherwise approved by engineer. C. Critical Path Method (CPM): A method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of project. D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall project duration and contains no float. E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either owner or contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned project completion date. G. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

106 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation H. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction element. I. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement. J. Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity relationships. K. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. B. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal 2. Specification Section number and title 3. Submittal category (action or informational) 4. Name of subcontractor 5. Description of the work covered 6. Scheduled date for engineers and contractor s final release or approval C. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies, large enough to show entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. 1. Approval of cost loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost loaded activities. D. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit two opaque copies, large enough to show entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. E. Contractor s Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD-R, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label. F. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three copies of each of the following computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float. 4. Earnings Report: Compilation of contractor s total earnings from Notice to Proceed until most recent application for payment. G. Daily Construction Reports: Keep complete, weekly reports on file at the construction office for review by engineer or contractor when requested. Submit two (2) copies at weekly intervals. H. Material Location Reports: Submit two (2) copies at weekly intervals. I. Field Condition Reports: Submit two (2) copies at time of discovery of differing conditions. J. Special Reports: Submit two (2) copies at time of unusual event. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of engineer s request CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

107 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as part of the preconstruction conference, to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section Project Management and Coordination. Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and contractor s construction schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing work stages interim milestones and partial owner occupancy. 4. Review delivery dates for owner-furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of owner s separate contracts. 6. Review time required for review of submittals and re-submittals. 7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures. 9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 10. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 11. Review procedures for updating schedule. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate contractor s construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittals schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, re-submittals, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. B. Coordinate submittals schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and contractor s construction schedule. C. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary network diagram. Include submittals required during the first 10 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. D. At contractor s option, show submittals on the preliminary construction schedule, instead of tabulating them separately. E. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of contractor s construction schedule. 2.2 CONTRACTOR S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC s Construction Planning & Scheduling. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the work; Notice to Proceed date to final completion date. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by change order CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

108 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 30 days, unless specifically allowed by engineer. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and re-submittal times indicated in Division 01 Section Submittal Procedures in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in contractor s construction schedule with submittals schedule. 4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for substantial completion, and allow time for engineer s administrative procedures necessary for certification of substantial completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the contract documents and as follows in schedule and show how the sequence of the work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under more than one contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the work performed by owner. 4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section Summary. Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section Summary. Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction b. Limitations of continued occupancies c. Uninterruptible services d. Partial occupancy before substantial completion e. Use of premises restrictions f. Provisions for future construction g. Seasonal variations h. Environmental control 7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards b. Submittals c. Purchases d. Mockups e. Fabrication f. Sample testing g. Deliveries h. Installation i. Tests and inspections j. Adjusting k. Curing l. Startup and placement into final use and operation 8. Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion b. Substantial completion E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the contract documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the notice to proceed, substantial completion, and final completion. F. Cost Correlation: At the owner s request, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the work performed as of dates used for preparation of payment requests CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

109 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation 1. Refer to Division 01 Section Payment Procedures for cost reporting and payment procedures. 2. Contractor shall assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule. Costs shall not be assigned to submittal activities unless specified otherwise but may, with engineer s approval, be assigned to fabrication and delivery activities. Costs shall be under required principal subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, project record documents, and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the contract sum. 3. Each activity cost shall reflect an accurate value subject to approval by engineer. 4. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total contract sum. G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. H. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 2.3 CONTRACTOR S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format. B. Preliminary Network Diagram: At contractor s option, submit preliminary CPM diagram within 10 days of date established for the Notice of Award in lieu of bar-type chart. Outline significant construction activities for the first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare contractor s construction schedule using a computerized, cost-and-resource-loaded, time scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the work. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for the Notice of Award. 2. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this contract shall not excuse contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of engineer s approval of the schedule. 3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 4. Use one workday as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule. D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the work. Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals b. Mobilization and demobilization c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery e. Fabrication f. Utility interruptions g. Installation h. Work by owner that may affect or be affected by contractor s activities i. Testing E. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with contract milestone dates. 1. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the contract time. 2. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Sub-networks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

110 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight early start-total float sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the work or activity 2. Description of activity 3. Principal events of activity 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities 5. Early and late start dates 6. Early and late finish dates 7. Activity duration in workdays 8. Total float or slack time 9. Average size of workforce 10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values) G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed 2. Changes in early and late start dates 3. Changes in early and late finish dates 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays 5. Changes in the critical path 6. Changes in total float or slack time 7. Changes in the contract time H. Value Summaries: In a manner acceptable to the owner, prepare cost value summaries for the purposes of the owner and contractor s evaluation of monthly applications for payment. Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates. 1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date. 4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings. a. In both value summary lists, tabulate actual percent complete and cumulative value completed with total at bottom. b. Submit value summary printouts one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 2.4 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at project site: 1. List of subcontractors at project site 2. List of separate contractors at project site 3. Approximate count of personnel at project site 4. Equipment at project site 5. Material deliveries 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions 7. Accidents 8. Meetings and significant decisions CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

111 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation 9. Unusual events (refer to special reports) 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses 11. Meter readings and similar recordings 12. Emergency procedures 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction 14. Change orders received and implemented 15. Construction change directives received and implemented 16. Services connected and disconnected 17. Equipment or system tests and startups 18. Partial completions and occupancies 19. Substantial completions authorized B. Material Location Reports: Keep records at the construction office on a weekly basis of all material tracing and locations. Update list indicating deliveries to the site. Record contact numbers and locations of all off site storage of materials. Keep list on site for review by owner. At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on a delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from project site. C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the contract documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the contract documents. 2.5 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to owner within 2 day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at project site, whether or not related directly to the work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by contractor s personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant or qualified in-house personnel to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling. It is owner s option to engage a separate scheduling consultant. Contractor shall make all information generated in-house available to owner s consultant upon request. 1. In House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications. 2. Meetings: Outside scheduling consultant shall be informed of and attend all meetings related to project progress, alleged delays, and time impact. B. Contractor s Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the work progresses, indicate actual completion percentage for each activity CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

112 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Construction Progress Documentation C. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to engineer, contractor, owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other partied identified by contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013200_Construction Progress Documentation.docx May 2016

113 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. The Engineer may request submittals in addition to those specified when deemed necessary to adequately describe the work covered in the respective sections. B. Units of weights and measures used on all submittals are to be the same as those used in the contract drawings. C. Each submittal is to be complete and in sufficient detail to allow ready determination of compliance with contract requirements. D. Contractor shall check and approve all items prior to submittal and stamp, sign, and date indicating action taken. Proposed deviations from the contract requirements are to be clearly identified. Include within submittals items such as: Contractor's, manufacturer's, or fabricator's drawings; descriptive literature including (but not limited to) catalog cuts, diagrams, operating charts or curves; test reports; test cylinders; samples; O&M manuals (including parts list); certifications; warranties; and other such required submittals. E. Submittals requiring engineer s approval are to be scheduled and made prior to the acquisition of the material or equipment covered thereby. All submittal materials and equipment shall be picked up and disposed of in accordance with manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and in compliance with existing laws and regulations samples remaining upon completion of the work. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Submittal Descriptions (SD) - Submittals requirements are specified in the technical sections. Submittals are identified by SD numbers and titles as follows. 1. SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals a. Submittals which are required prior to a notice to proceed on a new contract. Submittals required prior to the start of the next major phase of the construction on a multi-phase contract. Schedules or tabular list of data or tabular list including location, features, or other pertinent information regarding products, materials, equipment, or components to be used in the work, submitted prior to contract notice to proceed or next major phase of construction. b. Certificates of insurance. c. Surety bonds. d. List of proposed subcontractors. e. List of proposed products. f. Construction Progress Schedule. g. Schedule of prices. h. Health and safety plan. i. Work plan. j. Quality control plan. k. Environmental protection plan. 2. SD-02 Shop Drawings a. Drawings, diagrams and schedules specifically prepared to illustrate some portion of the work. b. Diagrams and instructions from a manufacturer or fabricator for use in producing the product and as aids to the Contractor for integrating the product or system into the project. c. Drawings prepared by or for the Contractor to show how multiple systems and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated. 3. SD-03 Product Data a. Catalog cuts, illustrations, schedules, diagrams, performance charts, instructions and brochures illustrating size, physical appearance and other characteristics of materials, systems or equipment for some portion of the work. b. Samples of warranty language when the contract requires extended product warranties. 4. SD-04 Samples a. Fabricated or un-fabricated physical examples of materials, equipment or workmanship that illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of a material or product and establish standards by which the work can be judged. b. Color samples from the manufacturer's standard line (or custom color samples if specified) to be used in selecting or approving colors for the project SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

114 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures c. Field samples and mock-ups constructed on the project site establish standards by which the ensuing work can be judged. Includes assemblies or portions of assemblies which are to be incorporated into the project and those which will be removed at conclusion of the work. 5. SD-05 Design Data a. Design calculations, mix designs, analyses or other data pertaining to a part of work. 6. SD-06 Test Reports a. Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that a material, product or system identical to the material, product or system to be provided has been tested in accord with specified requirements. (Testing must have been within three years of date of contract award for the project.) b. Report which includes findings of a test required to be performed by the Contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype prepared for the project before shipment to job site. c. Report which includes finding of a test made at the job site or on sample taken from the job site, on portion of work during or after installation. d. Investigation reports. e. Daily logs and checklists. f. Final acceptance test and operational test procedure. 7. SD-07 Certificates a. Statements printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and signed by responsible officials of manufacturer of product, system or material attesting that product, system or material meets specification requirements. Must be dated after award of project contract and clearly name the project. b. Document required of Contractor, or of a manufacturer, supplier, installer or subcontractor through Contractor, the purpose of which is to further quality of orderly progression of a portion of the work by documenting procedures, acceptability of methods or personnel qualifications. c. Confined space entry permits. d. Text of posted operating instructions. 8. SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions a. Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system or material, including special notices and Material Safety Data sheets concerning impedances, hazards and safety precautions. 9. SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports a. Documentation of the testing and verification actions taken by manufacturer's representative at the job site, in the vicinity of the job site, or on a sample taken from the job site, on a portion of the work, during or after installation, to confirm compliance with manufacturer's standards or instructions. The documentation must be signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory or agency and must state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test. b. Factory test reports. 10. SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data a. Data that is furnished by the manufacturer, or the system provider, to the equipment operating and maintenance personnel. This data is needed by operating and maintenance personnel for the safe and efficient operation, maintenance and repair of the item. b. This Data is intended to be incorporated in an operations and maintenance manual or control system. 11. SD-11 Closeout Submittals a. Documentation to record compliance with technical or administrative requirements or to establish an administrative mechanism. b. Special requirements necessary to properly close out a construction contract. For example, Record Drawings, manufacturer's help and product lines necessary to maintain and install equipment. Also, submittal requirements necessary to properly close out a major phase of construction on a multi-phase contract. 1.3 WORK A. As used in this section, on- and off-site construction required by contract documents, including labor necessary to produce submittals, construction, materials, products, equipment, and systems incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction. 1.4 SUBMITTAL CLASSIFICATION A. Designer of Record Approved SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

115 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures 1. Designer of Record approval is required for extensions of design, critical materials, any deviations from the solicitation, the accepted proposal, or the completed design, equipment whose compatibility with the entire system must be checked, and other items as designated by the Engineer. Within the terms of the Contract they are considered to be "shop drawings." B. Owner Approved 1. Owner approval is required for extensions of design, critical materials, deviations, equipment whose compatibility with the entire system must be checked, and other items as designated by the Engineer. Owner approval is required for any deviations from the Solicitation or Accepted Proposal and other items as designated by the Engineer. Within the terms of the contract they are considered to be "shop drawings." C. Information Only 1. Submittals not requiring owner approval will be for information only. They are not considered to be "shop drawings" within the terms of the Contract Clause referred to above. 2. Normally submittals for information only will not be returned. Approval of the engineer is not required on information only submittals. The engineer reserves the right to require the Contractor to resubmit any item found not to comply with the contract. This does not relieve the Contractor from the obligation to furnish material conforming to the plans and specifications; will not prevent the engineer from requiring removal and replacement of nonconforming material incorporated in the work; and does not relieve the Contractor of the requirement to furnish samples for testing by the engineer's laboratory or for check testing by the engineer in those instances where the technical specifications so prescribe. 1.5 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTALS A. Constraints 1. Submittals listed or specified in this contract shall conform to provisions of this section, unless explicitly stated otherwise. 2. Submittals shall be complete for each definable feature of work; components of definable feature interrelated as a system shall be submitted at same time. 3. When acceptability of a submittal is dependent on conditions, items, or materials included in separate subsequent submittals, submittal will be returned without review. 4. Approval of a separate material, product, or component does not imply approval of assembly in which item functions. B. Scheduling 1. Coordinate scheduling, sequencing, preparing, and processing of submittals with performance of work so that work will not be delayed by submittal processing. Allow for potential resubmittal of requirements 2. Except as specified otherwise, allow a review period, beginning with receipt by the engineer that allows at least fifteen (15) working days. Period of review for each re-submittal is the same as for initial submittal. C. Variations 1. Variations from contract requirements require owner approval and will be considered where advantageous to owner. a. Considering Variations 1. Discussion with engineer prior to submission will help ensure functional and quality requirements are met and minimize rejections and re-submittals. b. Proposing Variations 1. When proposing variation, deliver written request to the engineer, with documentation of the nature and features of the variation and why the variation is desirable and beneficial to owner. If lower cost is a benefit, also include an estimate of the cost saving. In addition to documentation required for variation, include the submittals required for the item. Clearly mark the proposed variation in all documentation. c. Warranting that Variations are Compatible 1. When delivering a variation for approval, Contractor warrants that this contract has been reviewed to establish that the variation, if incorporated, will be compatible with other elements of work. d. Review Schedule is Modified 1. In addition to normal submittal review period; a period of ten (10) working days will be allowed for consideration by the owner of submittals with variations SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

116 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures D. Contractor's Responsibilities 1. Determine and verify field measurements, materials, field construction criteria; review each submittal; and check and coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and contract documents. 2. Transmit submittals to engineer in accordance with schedule, and to prevent delays in the work, delays to owner, or delays to separate Contractors. 3. Advise owner of variation, as required by paragraph entitled "Variations." 4. Correct and resubmit submittal as directed by engineer. When resubmitting disapproved transmittals or transmittals noted for re-submittal, the Contractor shall provide copy of that previously submitted transmittal including all reviewer comments for use by engineer. Direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted submittal, to revisions not requested by engineer on previous submissions. 5. Furnish additional copies of submittal when requested by engineer, to a limit of ten (10) copies per submittal. 6. Complete work which must be accomplished as basis of a submittal in time to allow submittal to occur as scheduled. 7. Ensure no work has begun until submittals for that work have been returned as "approved," or "approved as noted", except to the extent that a portion of work must be accomplished as basis of submittal. E. Actions Possible 1. Submittals will be returned with one of the following notations: 2. Submittals marked "not reviewed" will indicate submittal has been previously reviewed and approved, is not required, does not have evidence of being reviewed and approved by Contractor, or is not complete. A submittal marked "not reviewed" will be returned with an explanation of the reason it is not reviewed. Resubmit submittals returned for lack of review by Contractor or for being incomplete, with appropriate action, coordination, or change. 3. Submittals marked "approved", "approved as submitted" authorize Contractor to proceed with work covered. The engineer s approval or acceptance of submittals is not to be construed as a complete check, and indicates only that the general method of construction, materials, detailing and other information are satisfactory in design, general method of construction, materials, detailing and other information appear to meet the contract. Approval or acceptance will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for any error which may exist, as the Contractor is responsible for dimensions, the design of adequate connections and details, and the satisfactory construction of all work, design, dimensions, all design extensions, such as the design of adequate connections and details, etc., and the satisfactory construction of all work. After submittals have been approved or accepted by the engineer, no re-submittal for the purpose of substituting materials or equipment will be considered unless accompanied by an explanation of why a substitution is necessary. 4. Submittals marked "approved as noted" or "approval except as noted; resubmission not required" authorize Contractor to proceed with work as noted provided Contractor takes no exception to the notations. The engineer s approval or acceptance of submittals is not to be construed as a complete check, and indicates only that the general method of construction, materials, detailing and other information are satisfactory in design, general method of construction, materials, detailing and other information appear to meet the contract. Approval or acceptance will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for any error which may exist, as the Contractor is responsible for dimensions, the design of adequate connections and details, and the satisfactory construction of all work design, dimensions, all design extensions, such as the design of adequate connections and details, etc., and the satisfactory construction of all work. After submittals have been approved or accepted by the engineer, no re-submittal for the purpose of substituting materials or equipment will be considered unless accompanied by an explanation of why a substitution is necessary. 5. Submittals marked "revise and resubmit" or "disapproved" indicate submittal is incomplete or does not comply with design concept or requirements of the contract documents and shall be resubmitted with appropriate changes. No work shall proceed for this item until re-submittal is approved. 1.6 APPROVED SAMPLES A. Approval of a sample is only for the characteristics or use named in such approval and is not be construed to change or modify any contract requirements. Before submitting samples, the Contractor to assure that the materials or equipment will be available in quantities required in the project. No change or substitution will be permitted after a sample has been approved SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

117 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures B. Match the approved samples for Materials and equipment incorporated in the work. If requested, approved samples, including those which may be damaged in testing, will be returned to the Contractor, at his expense, upon completion of the contract. Samples not approved will also be returned to the Contractor at its expense, if so requested. C. Failure of any materials to pass the specified tests will be sufficient cause for refusal to consider, under this contract, any further samples of the same brand or make of that material. Owner reserves the right to disapproved any material or equipment which previously has proved unsatisfactory in service. D. Samples of various materials or equipment delivered on the site or in place may be taken by the engineer for testing. Samples failing to meet contract requirements will automatically void previous approvals. Contractor to replace such materials or equipment to meet contract requirements. E. Approval of the Contractor's samples by the engineer does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the contract. 1.7 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS A. Transmittal Form 1. Transmit each submittal, except sample installations and sample panels, to engineer. The transmittal form shall identify Contractor, indicate date of submittal, and include information prescribed by transmittal form and required in paragraph below entitled "Identifying Submittals." Process transmittal forms to record actions regarding sample panels and sample installations. B. Identifying Submittals 1. Identify submittals, except sample panel and sample installation, with the following information permanently adhered to or noted on each separate component of each submittal and noted on transmittal form. Mark each copy of each submittal identically, with the following: a. Project title and location. b. Section number of the specification section by which submittal is required. c. Submittal description (SD) number of each component of submittal. d. When a resubmission, add alphabetic suffix on submittal description, for example, SD-10A, to indicate resubmission. e. Name, address, and telephone number of subcontractor, supplier, manufacturer and any other second tier Contractor associated with submittal. f. Product identification and location in project. C. Format of SD-02 Shop Drawings 1. Shop drawings shall not be less than 8 1/2 by 11 inches nor more than 30 by 42 inches. 2. Present 8 1/2 by 11 inches sized shop drawings as part of the bound volume for submittals required by section. Present larger drawings in sets. 3. Include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and revision numbers and dates, in addition to information required in paragraph entitled "Identifying Submittals." 4. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings; prepare drawings demonstrating interface with other trades to scale. Shop drawing dimensions shall be the same unit of measure as indicated on the contract drawings. Identify materials and products for work shown. 5. Drawings shall include the nameplate data, size and capacity. Also include applicable federal, military, industry and technical society publication references. D. Format of SD-03 Product Data and SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions 1. Present product data submittals for each section as a complete, bound volume. Include table of contents, listing page and catalog item numbers for product data. 2. Indicate, by prominent notation, each product which is being submitted; indicate specification section number and paragraph number to which it pertains. 3. Supplement product data with material prepared for project to satisfy submittal requirements for which product data does not exist. Identify this material as developed specifically for project, with information and format as required for submission of SD-07 Certificates. 4. Product data shall include the manufacturer's name, trade name, place of manufacture, and catalog model or number. Submittals shall also include applicable federal, military, industry and technical society publication SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

118 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures references. Should manufacturer's data require supplemental information for clarification, the supplemental information shall be submitted as specified for SD-07 Certificates. 5. Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society reference standards of the organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ASTM International (ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), and Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC), submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance. In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, competent to perform testing, and approved by the Engineer. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard. 6. Submit manufacturer's instruction prior to installation. E. Format of SD-04 Samples 1. Furnish samples in sizes below, unless otherwise specified or unless the manufacturer has prepackaged samples of approximately same size as specified: a. Sample of Equipment or Device: Full size. b. Sample of Materials Less Than 2 by 3 inches: Built up to 8 1/2 by 11 inches. c. Sample of Materials Exceeding 8 1/2 by 11 inches: Cut down to 8 1/2 by 11 inches and adequate to indicate color, texture, and material variations. d. Sample of Linear Devices or Materials: 10 inch length or length to be supplied, if less than 10 inches. Examples of linear devices or materials are conduit and handrails. e. Sample of Non-Solid Materials: Pint. Examples of non-solid materials are sand and paint. f. Color Selection Samples: 2 by 4 inches. g. Sample Panel: 4 by 4 feet. h. Sample Installation: 100 square feet. 2. Samples Showing Range of Variation: Where variations are unavoidable due to nature of the materials, submit sets of samples of not less than three units showing extremes and middle of range. 3. Reusable Samples: Incorporate returned samples into work only if so specified or indicated. Incorporated samples shall be in undamaged condition at time of use. 4. Recording of Sample Installation: Note and preserve the notation of area constituting sample installation but remove notation at final clean-up of project. 5. When color, texture or pattern is specified by naming a particular manufacturer and style, include one sample of that manufacturer and style, for comparison. F. Format of SD-05 Design Data and SD-07 Certificates 1. Provide design data and certificates on 8 1/2 by 11 inches paper. Provide a bound volume for submittals containing numerous pages. G. Format of SD-06 Test Reports and SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports 1. Provide reports on 8 1/2 by 11 inches paper in a complete bound volume. 2. Indicate by prominent notation, each report in the submittal. Indicate specification number and paragraph number to which it pertains. H. Format of SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data (O&M) 1. O&M Data format shall comply with the requirements specified herein. I. Format of SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals and SD-11 Closeout Submittals 1. When submittal includes a document which is to be used in project or become part of project record, other than as a submittal, do not apply Contractor's approval stamp to document, but to a separate sheet accompanying document. 1.8 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS A. Number of Copies of SD-02 Shop Drawings 1. Submit six (6) copies of submittals of shop drawings requiring review and approval SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

119 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures B. Number of Copies of SD-03 Product Data and SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions 1. Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop drawings. C. Number of Copies of SD-04 Samples 1. Submit two (2) samples, or two (2) sets of samples showing range of variation, of each required item. One approved sample or set of samples will be retained by approving authority and one will be returned to Contractor. 2. Submit one sample panel. Include components listed in technical section or as directed. 3. Submit one sample installation, where directed. 4. Submit one sample of non-solid materials. D. Number of Copies of SD-05 Design Data and SD-07 Certificates 1. Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop drawings. E. Number of Copies of SD-06 Test Reports and SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports 1. Submit in compliance with quantity with quality requirements specified for shop drawings. F. Number of Copies of SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Submit ten (10) copies of O&M Data to the engineer for review and approval. G. Number of Copies of SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals and SD-11 Closeout Submittals 1. Closeout Submittals a. Unless otherwise specified, submit administrative submittals compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop drawings. 1.9 FORWARDING SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Required from the Contractor 1. As soon as practicable after award of contract, and before procurement of fabrication, forward to the Engineer: Submittals required in the technical sections of this specification, including shop drawings, product data and samples. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data (O&M Data) a. Engineer will review and approve O&M Data to verify the submittals comply with the contract requirements; submit data specified for a given item within 30 calendar days after the item is delivered to the contract site. b. In the event the Contractor fails to deliver O&M Data within the time limits specified, the engineer may withhold from progress payments 50 percent of the price of the item with which such O&M Data are applicable SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submittals shall be made as follows: 1. Procedures a. The engineer will further discuss detailed submittal procedures with the Contractor at the Preconstruction Conference. 2. Deviations a. The Contractor shall set forth in writing the reason for any deviations and annotate such deviations on the submittal. The owner reserves the right to rescind inadvertent approval of submittals containing unnoted deviations CONTROL OF SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall carefully control his procurement operations to ensure that each individual submittal is made on or before the Contractor scheduled submittal date SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

120 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Submittal Procedures 1.12 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND SCHEDULE A. Schedules 1. At the Preconstruction conference, provide, for approval by the engineer, the following schedule of submittals: a. A schedule of shop drawings and technical submittals required by the specifications and drawings. Indicate the specification or drawing reference requiring the submittal; the material, item, or process for which the submittal is required; the "SD" number and identifying title of the submittal; the Contractor's anticipated submission date and the approval need date. b. A separate schedule of other submittals required under the contract but not listed in the specifications or drawings. Schedule will indicate the contract requirement reference; the type or title of the submittal; the Contractor's anticipated submission date and the approved need date (if approval is required). c. Submittals called for by the contract documents will be listed on one of the above schedules. If a submittal is called for but does not pertain to the contract work, the Contractor shall include the submittal in the applicable schedule and annotate it "N/A" with a brief explanation. Approval of the schedules by the engineer does not relieve the Contractor of supplying submittals required by the contract documents but which have been omitted from the schedules or marked "N/A". d. Re-submit copies of both schedules and annotate monthly by the Contractor with actual submission and approval dates. When all items on a schedule have been fully approved, no further re-submittal of the schedule is required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\013300_Submittal Procedures.docx May 2016

121 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Traffic Control PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK A. The work required by this Specification Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, means, methods, procedures, safety programs, safety devices, barricades, signage, warning devices, and certified flaggers to provide traffic control for all facets of the construction as shown on the contract documents. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.3 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. All work, installation, materials, procedures, and testing shall be in conformance with the Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities, latest edition, by the Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District and the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, by St. Louis County Department of Transportation and all subsequent supplements to this document. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. St. Louis County Department of Transportation 1. Design Criteria for the Preparation of Improvement Plans. 2. Department of Transportation Standard Drawings 3. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction B. Standards: 1. AASHTO - American Association of Safety and Highway Transportation Officials 2. OSHA - Occupational, Safety, and Health Administration 3. All Municipal, County, State, and Federal jurisdiction s ordinances, regulations, statutes and laws. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section Submittal Procedures: 1. SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals a. Traffic control plan 1.6 CONSTRUCTION SITE PLAN A. Prior to the start of work, submit a site plan showing the locations and dimensions of temporary facilities (including layouts and details, equipment and material storage area (onsite and offsite), and access and haul routes, and avenues of ingress/egress to the construction site. Identify any areas which may have to be graveled to prevent the tracking of mud. Indicate if the use of a supplemental or other staging area is desired. Show locations of safety and construction fences, site trailers, construction entrances, trash dumpsters, temporary sanitary facilities, and worker parking areas. 1.7 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Haul Roads 1. At the contractor s expense, construct access and haul roads necessary for proper prosecution of the work under this contract. Construct with suitable grades and widths; sharp curves, blind corners, and dangerous cross traffic are to be avoided. Provide necessary lighting, signs, barricades, and distinctive markings for the safe movement of traffic. The method of dust control must be adequate to ensure safe operation at all times. Location, grade, width, and alignment of construction and hauling roads are subject to approval by TRAFFIC CONTROL 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\015526_Traffic Control.docx May 2016

122 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Traffic Control the engineer. Lighting must be adequate to assure full and clear visibility for full width of haul road and work areas during any night work operations. B. Safety Devices and Barricades 1. Erect and maintain safety devices and temporary barricades to limit public access to hazardous areas. Whenever safe public access to paved areas such as roads, parking areas or sidewalks is prevented by construction activities or as otherwise necessary to ensure the safety of both pedestrian and vehicular traffic barricades will be required. Securely place barricades clearly visible with adequate illumination to provide sufficient visual warning of the hazard during both day and night. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Traffic Control Devices 1. Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing and installing any and all traffic barricades, traffic paddles, pylon cones, arrow boards, delineators, markers, lights, signs, flagmen, traffic police, and/or other facilities as may be required by the municipality, township, county, or state to protect the general public. Signs and protective devices shall conform to manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. Vehicular traffic shall be maintained at all times. B. Personnel Protective Equipment 1. All personnel, including flaggers, working outside of a vehicle (car or truck) within 25 ft of pavement open to traffic shall wear a fluorescent orange, fluorescent yellow/green, or a combination of fluorescent orange and fluorescent yellow/green vest meeting the requirements of ANSI/ISEA for Conspicuity Class 2 garments. Other types of garments may be substituted for the vest as long as the garments have a manufacturer s tag identifying them as meeting the ANSI Class 2 requirement. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The execution of all traffic control and safety issues shall be in strict conformance with the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. B. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor shall furnish the name and telephone number of the individual in the contractor's direct employ who is to be responsible, 24 hours-a-day, for the installation and maintenance of traffic control for the project. When the actual installation and maintenance are to be accomplished by a subcontractor, consent shall be requested of the engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This shall not relieve the contractor of furnishing a responsible individual in the contractor's direct employ. C. All work shall be conducted to cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. The contractor shall provide suitable bridges at street and driveway crossings where traffic must cross open excavated trenches. Hydrants, valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire or police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be unobstructed and accessible during the construction period. D. If flagging operations are necessary at any time during construction, flaggers shall be provided in accordance with Section 612 Traffic Control Devices and Section 616 Traffic Control Plan of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. E. Special attention shall be given for the protection of pedestrians and, in particular, children going to and from school. Access to properties affected due to construction shall be maintained. F. The contractor shall have the responsibility of notifying the state and local police, emergency services agencies, ambulance services and fire departments of daily traffic diversions. 3.2 EMPLOYEE PARKING A. Contractor employees will park privately owned vehicles in an area designated by the owner. This area shall be within reasonable walking distance of the construction site. Contractor employee parking must not interfere with existing and established parking requirements of the owner s installation TRAFFIC CONTROL 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\015526_Traffic Control.docx May 2016

123 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Traffic Control 3.3 TRAFFIC PROVISIONS A. Maintenance of Traffic 1. Conduct operations in a manner that will not close any thoroughfare or interfere in any way with traffic on railways or highways except with written permission of the engineer at least 10 calendar days prior to the proposed modification date, and provide a Traffic Control Plan detailing the proposed controls to traffic movement for approval. The plan must be in accordance with State and local regulations and the MUTCD, Part VI. Make all notifications and obtain any permits required for modification to traffic movements. Contractor may move oversized and slow-moving vehicles to the worksite provided requirements of the highway authority have been met. 2. Conduct work so as to minimize obstruction of traffic, and maintain traffic on at least half of the roadway width at all times. Obtain approval from the engineer prior to starting any activity that will obstruct traffic. 3. Provide, erect, and maintain, at contractors expense, lights, barriers, signals, passageways, detours, and other items. B. Protection of Traffic 1. Maintain and protect traffic on all affected roads during the construction period except as otherwise specifically directed by the engineer. Measures for the protection and diversion of traffic, including the provision of watchmen and flagmen, erection of barricades, placing of lights around and in front of equipment, the work, and the erection and maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction signs, will be as required by the State and local authorities having jurisdiction. Protect the traveling public from damage to person and property. Minimize the interference with public traffic on roads selected for hauling material to and from the site. Investigate the adequacy of existing roads and their allowable load limit. Contractor is responsible for the repair of any damage to roads caused by construction operations. C. Rush Hour Restrictions 1. Do not interfere with the peak traffic flows preceding and during normal operations without notification to and approval by the engineer. D. Dust Control 1. Dust control methods and procedures must be approved by the engineer. Treat dust abatement on access roads with applications of calcium chloride, water sprinklers, or similar methods or treatment. E. Traffic Diversion 1. Whenever it is necessary to divert traffic from its normal channel into another channel, such diversion shall be clearly marked by cones, drums, barricades or temporary guardrail. If the markers are left in place at night, suitable lights shall be provided and maintained. F. One Way Traffic 1. Whenever one-way traffic is established, at least two (2) flagmen shall be used. 3.4 CLOSED TO TRAFFIC A. Street Closing 1. The contractor may close the street to through traffic for minimum periods of time after obtaining permission as required from local occupants of all premises, police and fire protection authorities and other public authorities as applicable. The contractor shall so schedule his work that this time is a minimum and shall, whenever possible, make suitable provisions for access by local residents, school buses, and mail delivery vehicles. The contractor shall provide access for police, fire and emergency vehicles at all times. Fire hydrants and other public utility valves shall be accessible at all times. B. Detours 1. When it is required that the street or road be closed to traffic, the contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain and remove barricades, suitable and sufficient red lights, and other lights or reflecting material at the limits of the project, where side streets intersect, and at other points of public access to the project. The contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain advance warning signs and barricades on side streets at the first street intersection beyond the one closed by construction indicating "Street Closed, One Block Ahead". The contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain and remove detour-marking signs on temporary routes TRAFFIC CONTROL 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\015526_Traffic Control.docx May 2016

124 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Traffic Control 3.5 SAFETY A. Protect the integrity of any installed safety systems or personnel safety devices. If it is temporarily necessary to remove or disable personnel safety devices in order to accomplish contract requirements, provide alternative means of protection prior to removing or disabling any permanently installed safety devices or equipment and obtain approval from the engineer. 3.6 OWNER REQUIREMENTS A. If proper maintenance of traffic facilities and proper provision for traffic control are not being provided in accordance with local regulations and the safety of the public is thus endangered, the local jurisdiction may take the necessary steps to place them in proper condition and the cost of such services will be deducted from any payment which may be due or become due the contractor. END OF SECTION TRAFFIC CONTROL 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\015526_Traffic Control.docx May 2016

125 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK A. The work required by this Specification Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, means, methods, procedures, safety programs, safety devices, etc. to construct and provide for erosion and sedimentation control as shown on the contract documents, on the SWPPP, as directed by the Engineer, or required by the Missouri Department of Natural Resources (DNR) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit for this project throughout the life of the project. If during the course of the project, conditions develop that would violate DNR, State, Federal, or local jurisdictions storm water regulations, the Contractor shall furnish and install necessary erosion and sediment control devices to bring the project into compliance with these entities regulations. B. This work, in general, shall consist of constructing erosion control systems as shown on the plans, or as directed by the engineer during the life of the contract, to control erosion and sediment damage to the roadway, adjacent properties, and water resources through the use of basins, ditch checks, temporary ditches, mulch barriers, mulches, grasses, silt filter fences, and other erosion control devices or methods. C. Any temporary erosion control systems ordered by the engineer shall be coordinated with the permanent erosion control features specified elsewhere in the contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective and continuous erosion control throughout the construction and post construction period. D. For additional information see the St. Louis County Sediment and Erosion Control Manual, located on St. Louis County s website under Highway Publications & Manuals. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.3 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. All work, installation, materials, procedures, and testing shall be in conformance with the Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities, latest edition, by the Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District and the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, by St. Louis County Department of Transportation and all subsequent supplements to this document. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. St. Louis County Department of Transportation 1. Design Criteria for the Preparation of Improvement Plans. 2. Department of Transportation Standard Drawings 3. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 4. Sediment and Erosion Control Manual B. Missouri Department of Natural Resources (DNR) 1. NPDES Permit (for sites over 1 acre in size) C. Standards: 1. OSHA - Occupational, Safety, and Health Administration 2. All Municipal, County, State, and Federal jurisdiction s ordinances, regulations, statutes and laws TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 3 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\015713_Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control.docx May 2016

126 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MATERIALS A. All materials utilized for temporary erosion control measures shall conform to Section 806 Pollution, Sediment and Erosion Control of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. See the St. Louis County Sediment and Erosion Control Manual for additional information. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Erosion control measures as indicated on the Grading Plan, on the SWPPP or as directed by the engineer shall be installed on the project site prior to beginning any construction activities which will potentially create erodible conditions. Erosion control devices shall be in place and approved by the engineer as to proper placement and installation prior to beginning other work. Erosion control protection for contractor borrow pits, equipment storage sites, plant sites, haul roads, and other sites shall be installed by the contractor and approved by the engineer prior to beginning construction activities at each site. B. The engineer has the authority to limit the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and embankment operations, and to direct the contractor to provide immediate permanent or temporary erosion control measures. The contractor shall incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time to minimize the need for temporary controls. Cut slopes shall be permanently seeded and mulched as the excavation proceeds to the extend considered desirable and practical. Seeding done outside the specified seeding dates shall be approved by the engineer in writing. C. In case of repeated failure on the part of the contractor to take steps prescribed by the engineer to control erosion, the engineer reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use his/her own forces to provide the necessary corrective measures. Such incurred direct costs plus project engineering costs will be charged to the contractor and deducted from any compensation due, or which may become due the contractor under the contract. 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL SYSTEMS 1. This work may be constructed of hay or straw bales, silt filter fence, mulch barrier, aggregate barriers, excavation, seeding, mulch or of other appropriate methods and materials, separately or in combination, as approved, by the engineer. Construction of any temporary erosion control system shall conform to Section 806 Pollution, Sediment and Erosion Control of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. See the St. Louis County Sediment and Erosion Control Manual for additional information. 2. Temporary Berms a. This system consists of constructing temporary berms of rock or compacted soil at the top of fill slopes or transverse to the centerline of fills to prevent erosion of fill slopes. 3. Temporary Slope Drains a. This system consists of constructing temporary slope drains to carry water down slopes to reduce erosion. The method selected shall be approved by the Engineer prior to construction. 4. Temporary Ditch and Inlet Checks a. This system consists of the construction of temporary ditch and inlet checks to prevent siltation, erosion or scour of various ditches and drainage ways or to intercept water borne silt and prevent it from entering the drainage system. The ditch checks shall be constructed of sufficient length and height to prevent over topping or washing out. 5. Sediment Basins a. This system consists of excavating and maintaining temporary basins at pipe inlets or outfalls, in ditches and in drainage ways to capture water borne silt and prevent it from exiting the construction area. The outfall of these basins is usually protected by perimeter erosion barrier to capture remaining silt. This work shall also include disposal of excavated material, sediment and basin removal and site restoration TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 3 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\015713_Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control.docx May 2016

127 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control 6. Temporary Seeding and Mulching a. This system consists of installing a temporary grass cover and/or mulch cover over designated areas of the right of way to prevent sheet erosion of areas that are to be altered during a later construction phase. The seeding and mulching shall conform to the requirements of Section 802 Mulching and Section 805 Seeding of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 7. Silt Fence a. Provide silt fences as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff. Properly install silt fences to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work where erosion would occur in the form of sheet and rill erosion (e.g. clearing and grubbing, excavation, embankment, and grading). Install silt fences in the locations indicated on the drawings. Obtain approval from the engineer prior to final removal of silt fence barriers. b. This system consists of a continuous barrier adjacent to an area of construction to intercept water borne silt and prevent it from leaving the area of construction. The barrier shall be of sufficient length and height to capture all construction runoff. 8. Temporary Pipe a. This system consists of installing temporary pipe utilized to carry water under temporary roadways, silt fences, berms or other locations determined by the engineer and to prevent the contractor's equipment from coming in direct contact with water when crossing an active stream, intermittent streams created during heavy rainfalls or other bodies of water. 9. Temporary Erosion Control Blankets a. This system consists of furnishing and placing erosion control blankets on slopes or ditches for shortterm or long-term protection of seeded areas at locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 10. Temporary Stream Crossing a. This system consists of constructing a temporary stream crossing to facilitate the movement of equipment across a stream. 3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The temporary erosion control systems installed by the contractor shall be properly maintained by the contractor to control siltation at all times during the life of the contract. This work shall include repair of the various systems, removal of trapped sediment and cleaning of any silt filter fabric. Accumulated silt in sediment basins shall be removed at any time the basin becomes 50 percent filled. Any additional materials and work required by the engineer will be measured and paid for as specified. If the contractor fails to maintain the temporary erosion control systems as directed by the engineer, the engineer may at the expiration of a period of 48 hours, after having given the contractor written notice, proceed to maintain the systems as deemed necessary, and the cost thereof will be deducted from any compensation due, or which may become due the contractor under this contract. END OF SECTION TEMPORARY EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 3 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\015713_Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control.docx May 2016

128 DIVISION 01 EXISTING CONDITIONS Section Cleaning and Waste Management PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING UP A. The contractor shall periodically, or as directed during the progress of the work, remove and properly dispose of the resultant dirt, debris, and waste construction materials and keep the project premises reasonably clean in compliance with applicable Federal and State Anti-Pollution laws. Upon completion of the work he shall remove all temporary construction facilities and unused materials provided for the work and put the premises in a neat and clean condition and do all cleaning and washing required by the specifications. Trash and combustible materials shall not be allowed to accumulate on the premises. 3.2 DISPOSAL A. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site or within easements or right-of-way. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials as required. Remove waste materials from site and legally dispose of at approved public or private dumping areas. 3.3 HAZARDOUS CONTROL A. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. 3.4 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of substantial completion for entire project or for a portion of project: 1. Clean project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 3. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. 4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. 5. Clean exposed exterior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. 6. Remove labels that are not permanent. 7. Leave Project clean and ready for vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on owner s property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION CLEANING & WASTE MANAGEMENT 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 1 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\017400_Cleaning and Waste Management.docx May 2016

129 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Project Record Documents PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings 2. Record Specifications 3. Record Product Data B. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of the work in those Sections. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit two (2) set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: Submit one set of corrected record plots from corrected record CAD drawings and one set of marked-up record prints. Engineer will initial and date each sheet and mark whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. Engineer will return all documents and prints for organizing into sets, printing, binding, and final submittal. b. Final Submittal: Submit one set of marked-up record prints, and the following: 1. Copies printed from the approved record documents: One additional set. Scan and copy, plot, or print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of project s specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. 1. Record Product Date: Submit one copy of each product date submittal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of black-line white prints of the contract drawings and shop drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Mark the contract drawings or shop drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If shop drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the contract drawings. 3. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the work at same location. 4. Note construction change directive numbers, alternate numbers, change order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 2 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\017839_Project Record Documents.docx May 2016

130 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section Project Record Documents B. Record Drawings: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with engineer. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected contract drawings and shop drawings. C. CAD Record Documents: Create hard copies of all information submitted via electronic or CAD format documents to be included with record sets. Follow same corrections review procedures as for black-line documents. Transfer all corrections to the original electronic files prior to re-plotting and submission. Using lists of closeout addendum information as a supplement to any electronic record documents is not acceptable. D. Format: Identify and date each record drawing; include the designation PROJECT RECORD DRAWING in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the contract drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification within the properties of each CAD file. Include the following: a. Subcontractor, vendor or supplier who authored the file. b. Name of the engineer. c. Name of the general contractor. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies for that indicated in specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information of concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and samples in the field office apart from the contract documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected form deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for engineer s reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 2 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 01\017839_Project Record Documents.docx May 2016

131 DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS Section Demolition PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Do not begin demolition or deconstruction until authorization is received from the Engineer. The work of this section is to be performed in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site. The work includes demolition, deconstruction, salvage of identified items and materials, and removal of resulting rubbish and debris. Remove rubbish and debris from owner s property daily, unless otherwise directed. Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas specified by the Engineer. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. St. Louis County Department of Transportation 1. Design Criteria for the Preparation of Improvement Plans. 2. Department of Transportation Standard Drawings 3. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 4. Sediment and Erosion Control Manual B. Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District (MSD) 1. Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities C. Standards: 1. OSHA - Occupational, Safety, and Health Administration 2. All Municipal, County, State, and Federal jurisdiction s ordinances, regulations, statutes, and laws. 1.4 DUST CONTROL A. Prevent the spread of dust and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area. Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions such as, but not limited to, ice, flooding, or pollution. Sweep pavements as often as necessary to control the spread of debris that may result in foreign object damage potential to automobiles. 1.5 PROTECTION A. Traffic Control Signs 1. Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal work, use traffic barricades with flashing lights. Anchor barricades in a manner to prevent displacement by wind blast. Notify the Engineer prior to beginning such work. B. Existing Conditions 1. Before beginning any demolition or deconstruction work, survey the site and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify and document all required outages which will be required during the course of work, and to note these outages on the record document. C. Items to Remain in Place 1. Take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items to remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the Owner. Repair or replace damaged items as approved by the Engineer. Coordinate the work of this section with all other work indicated DEMOLITION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 02\024100_Demolition.docx May 2016

132 DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS Section Demolition D. Existing Construction Limits and Protection 1. Do not disturb existing construction beyond the extent indicated or necessary for installation of new construction. Provide protective measures to control accumulation and migration of dust and dirt in all work areas. Remove snow, dust, dirt, and debris from work areas daily. E. Trees 1. Protect trees within the project site which might be damaged during demolition or deconstruction. Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged during the work under this contract with like-kind or as approved by the Engineer. F. Utility Service 1. Maintain existing utilities indicated to stay in service and protect against damage during demolition and deconstruction operations. 1.6 BURNING A. The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be permitted. 1.7 RELOCATIONS A. Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with workmen skilled in the trades involved. Items to be relocated which are damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced with new undamaged items as approved by the Engineer. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION A. Comply with the Environmental Protection Agency requirements specified. 1.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES A. Use of explosives will not be permitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. The contractor shall furnish the necessary materials and equipment to complete the work required by this Section. All materials and equipment shall conform to the requirements of the respective Sections of the Specifications. 2.2 FILL MATERIAL A. Comply with excavating, backfilling, and compacting procedures for soils used as backfill material to fill voids, depressions or excavations resulting from demolition or deconstruction activities. B. Fill material must conform to Section 203 Roadway and Drainage Excavation, Embankment, and Compaction of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All materials shall be removed in a neat and expedient manner with particular care exercised to avoid damage to items intended to be relocated or to remain in place. Items to be re-used shall be stored and protected until relocated as shown on the construction drawings. B. Where existing construction of any kind is removed, the remaining construction shall be patched before, during or after new construction is installed, as directed. Patching and repair shall be accomplished in such a manner that the finish work will closely match or blend with new and old work in color, texture, soundness and function to the satisfaction of the engineer DEMOLITION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 02\024100_Demolition.docx May 2016

133 DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS Section Demolition 3.2 PROTECTION A. Existing trees, shrubs, bushes, poles, fences, culverts, signs, mailboxes, pavements, and other property and surface structures, and subsurface structures inside and outside the clearing limits shall be protected from damage during the life of this contract. B. In easements across private property, the contractor shall confine all operations to the easement area and shall protect trees, shrubbery, fences or other surface improvements unless the engineer authorizes their removal. 3.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection of persons and property shall be provided throughout the progress of the work. The work shall proceed in such a manner as to minimize the spread of dust and flying particles, and to provide safe working conditions for personnel. B. Before starting work, utilities shall be disconnected at the nearest sources of supply unless otherwise indicted or directed. Mains, sewers, and utilities shall be sealed in an approved manner acceptable to the utility involved. C. All materials removed under this Section and not designated for re-use or relocation elsewhere shall become the property of the contractor and shall be disposed of by him clear of the property. D. The contractor shall comply with all governmental agencies requirements regarding environmental laws associated with the demolition operations. E. The contractor shall be responsible for enforcing all OSHA regulations in performance of the demolition. 3.4 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED A. Slabs, Sidewalk, Curb and Gutter 1. Remove concrete and asphaltic concrete paving and slabs including aggregate base, sidewalk, curbs and gutter as indicated. Provide neat saw cuts at limits of pavement removal as indicated. Pavement and slabs designated to be recycled and utilized in this project shall be moved, ground and stored as directed by the Engineer. Pavement and slabs not to be used in this project shall be removed from the installation at Contractor's expense. B. Patching 1. Where removals leave holes and damaged surfaces exposed in the finished work, patch and repair these holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces, using on-site materials when available. Where new work is to be applied to existing surfaces, perform removals and patching in a manner to produce surfaces suitable for receiving new work. Finished surfaces of patched area shall be flush with the adjacent existing surface and shall match the existing adjacent surface as closely as possible as to texture and finish. 3.5 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL A. Title to Materials 1. Except for salvaged items specified in related Sections, and for materials or equipment scheduled for salvage, all materials and equipment removed and not reused or salvaged, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from owner s property. Title to materials resulting from demolition and deconstruction, and materials and equipment to be removed, is vested in the Contractor upon approval by the Engineer of the Contractor's demolition, deconstruction, and removal procedures, and authorization by the Engineer to begin demolition and deconstruction. The owner will not be responsible for the condition or loss of, or damage to, such property after contract award. Showing for sale or selling materials and equipment on site is prohibited. B. Reuse of Materials and Equipment 1. Remove and store materials and equipment to be reused or relocated to prevent damage, and reinstall as the work progresses. C. Salvaged Materials and Equipment 1. Remove materials and equipment that are to be removed by the Contractor and that are to remain the property of the owner, and deliver to a storage site. a. Salvage items and material to the maximum extent possible DEMOLITION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 02\024100_Demolition.docx May 2016

134 DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS Section Demolition b. Store all materials salvaged for the Contractor as approved by the Engineer and remove from owner s property before completion of the contract. Material salvaged for the Contractor shall not be sold on the site. c. Remove salvaged items to remain the property of the owner in a manner to prevent damage, and packed or crated to protect the items from damage while in storage or during shipment. Items damaged during removal or storage must be repaired or replaced to match existing items. Properly identify the contents of containers. 3.6 CLEANUP A. Remove debris and rubbish from excavations. Remove and transport the in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Apply local regulations regarding hauling and disposal. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS A. Regulation of Removed Materials 1. Dispose of debris, rubbish, scrap, and other non-salvageable materials resulting from removal operations with all applicable federal, state and local regulations. Storage of removed materials on the project site is prohibited. 3.8 REUSE OF SALVAGED ITEMS A. Recondition salvaged materials and equipment designated for reuse before installation. Replace items damaged during removal and salvage operations or restore them as necessary to usable condition. END OF SECTION DEMOLITION 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 4 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 02\024100_Demolition.docx May 2016

135 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. Unless otherwise noted, all earthwork specified in this section, materials, equipment, etc. shall conform to the following specifications, except for payment procedures. In the case of conflict between specifications the most restrictive specification shall apply. 1. St. Louis County Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District, Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities, latest edition. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. 1. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 2. AWWA - American Water Works Association 3. ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials International 4. USACE - U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 5. EPA - U.S. Environmental Protection Agency B. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS (AASHTO) 1. AASHTO T 180 (2001) Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and an 457-mm (18-in) Drop 2. AASHTO T 191 (2002) Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand-Cone Method 3. AASHTO T 224 (2001) Correction for Coarse Particles in the Soil Compaction Test 4. AASHTO T 310 (2006) In-Place Density and Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 5. AASHTO T 99 (2001) Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 2.5 kg (5.5 lb) Rammer and a 305 mm (12 in.) Drop C. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) 1. AWWA C600 (2005) Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances D. ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) 1. ASTM C 136 (2006) Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2. ASTM C 33 (2007) Concrete Aggregates 3. ASTM D 1140 (2000) Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75-micrometer) Sieve 4. ASTM D 1556 (2007) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method 5. ASTM D 1557 (2007) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3) (2700 kn-m/m3) 6. ASTM D 1883 (2007) CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Laboratory-Compacted Soils 7. ASTM D 2167 (2008) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method 8. ASTM D 2434 (1968) Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head) 9. ASTM D 2487 (2006) Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) 10. ASTM D 2937 (2004) Density of Soil in Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method 11. ASTM D 422 (1963) Particle-Size Analysis of Soils EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

136 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork 12. ASTM D 4318 (2005) Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils 13. ASTM D 698 (2007) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/cu. ft. (600 kn-m/cu. m.)) 14. ASTM D 6938 REV A (2008) In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) E. U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE) 1. EM (2003) Safety - Safety and Health Requirements F. U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) 1. EPA (1983) Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes 2. EPA SW-846 (2008, Third Edition, Update IV) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste: Physical/Chemical Methods 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Satisfactory Materials 1. Satisfactory materials comprise any materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, GM, SM, SW, CL and ML. The materials shall be free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, and free of debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious materials. B. Unsatisfactory Materials 1. Materials which do not comply with the requirements for satisfactory materials are unsatisfactory. Soils unsatisfactory include those complying with ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups MH, CH, OL, OH, and Peat, or a combination of these group symbols. 2. Unsatisfactory materials also include man-made fills; trash; refuse; backfills from previous construction; and material classified as satisfactory which contains root and other organic matter or frozen material. Notify the Engineer when encountering any contaminated materials. C. Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials 1. Cohesionless materials include materials classified in ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, SW, and SP. Cohesive materials include materials classified as GC, SC, ML, CL, MH, and CH. Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when the fines are nonplastic. Perform testing, required for classifying materials, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, ASTM C 136, ASTM D 422, and ASTM D D. Degree of Compaction 1. Degree of compaction required, except as noted in the second sentence, is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D 1557 abbreviated as a percent of laboratory maximum density. Since ASTM D 1557 applies only to soils that have 30 percent or less by weight of their particles retained on the 3/4 inch sieve, express the degree of compaction for material having more than 30 percent by weight of their particles retained on the 3/4 inch sieve as a percentage of the maximum density in accordance with AASHTO T 180 and corrected with AASHTO T 224. To maintain the same percentage of coarse material, use the "remove and replace" procedure as described in NOTE 8 of Paragraph 7.2 in AASHTO T 180. E. Topsoil 1. Material suitable for topsoils obtained from offsite areas or on-site excavations is defined as: Natural, friable soil representative of productive, well-drained soils in the area, free of subsoil, stumps, rocks larger than one inch diameter, brush, weeds, toxic substances, and other material detrimental to plant growth. Amend topsoil ph range to obtain a ph of 5.5 to 7. F. Hard/Unyielding Materials 1. Hard/Unyielding materials comprise weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits, or conglomerate materials which are not included in the definition of "rock" with stones greater than 3 inch in any dimension or as defined by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is smaller. These materials usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment, ripper teeth, or jack hammers for removal EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

137 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork G. Rock 1. Solid homogeneous interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented, laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers; also large boulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than pavement exceeding 1/2 cubic yard in volume. Removal of hard material will not be considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to increase production. H. Unstable Material 1. Unstable materials are too wet to properly support the utility pipe, conduit, or appurtenant structure. I. Select Granular Material 1. Material available on site that the Engineer determines to be suitable for a specific use. J. Initial Backfill Material 1. Initial backfill consists of select granular material or satisfactory materials free from rocks 2 inches or larger in any dimension or free from rocks of such size as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is smaller. When the pipe is coated or wrapped for corrosion protection, free the initial backfill material of stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension or as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is smaller. K. Expansive Soils 1. Expansive soils are defined as soils in accordance with ASTM D L. Non-frost Susceptible (NFS) Material 1. Non-frost susceptible material are a uniformly graded washed sand with a maximum particle size of 3/4 inch and less than 5 percent passing the No. 200 size sieve, and with not more than 3 percent by weight finer than 0.02 mm grain size. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section Submittal Procedures: 1. SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals a. Dewatering Work Plan 1. Submit 15 days prior to starting work. 2. SD-06 Test Reports a. Testing b. Borrow Site Testing 1. Within 24 hours of conclusion of physical tests, 3 copies of test results, including calibration curves and results of calibration tests. Results of testing at the borrow site. 3. SD-07 Certificates a. Testing 1. Qualifications of the Contractor's validated testing facilities. 1.5 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING A. Base bids on the following criteria: B. Surface elevations are as indicated. Contours, topography and profiles of the ground shown on the contract drawings are believed to be reasonably correct, but are not guaranteed to be absolutely so and are presented only as an approximation. C. The contractor shall accept the site with conditions the same as existed at the time of bidding. No classification of excavation is or will be made. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR OFFSITE SOILS EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

138 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork A. Test offsite soils brought in for use as backfill for Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH), Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl Benzene, and Xylene (BTEX) and full Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) including ignitability, corrosivity and reactivity. Backfill shall contain a maximum of 100 parts per million (ppm) of total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) and a maximum of 10 ppm of the sum of Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl Benzene, and Xylene (BTEX) and shall pass the TCPL test. Determine TPH concentrations by using EPA 600/4-79/020 Method Determine BTEX concentrations by using EPA SW Method 5030/8020. Perform TCLP in accordance with EPA SW Method Provide Borrow Site Testing for TPH, BTEX and TCLP from a composite sample of material from the borrow site, with at least one test from each borrow site. Do not bring material onsite until tests have been approved by the Engineer. 2.2 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE A. Provide polyethylene plastic and metallic core or metallic-faced, acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene plastic warning tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of buried utility lines. Provide tape on rolls, 3 inch minimum width, color coded as specified below for the intended utility with warning and identification imprinted in bold black letters continuously over the entire tape length. Warning and identification to read, "CAUTION, BURIED (intended service) LINE BELOW" or similar wording. Provide permanent color and printing, unaffected by moisture or soil. Warning Tape Color Codes Red Yellow Orange Blue Green White Gray Electric Gas, Oil; Dangerous Materials Telephone and Other Communications Water Systems Sewer Systems Steam Systems Compressed Air 1. Warning Tape for Metallic Piping a. Provide acid and alkali-resistant polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the width, color, and printing requirements specified above, with a minimum thickness of inch and a minimum strength of 1500 psi lengthwise, and 1250 psi crosswise, with a maximum 350 percent elongation. 2. Detectable Warning Tape for Non-Metallic Piping a. Provide polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the width, color, and printing requirements specified above, with a minimum thickness of inch, and a minimum strength of 1500 psi lengthwise and 1250 psi crosswise. Manufacture tape with integral wires, foil backing, or other means of enabling detection by a metal detector when tape is buried up to 3 feet deep. Encase metallic element of the tape in a protective jacket or provide with other means of corrosion protection. 2.3 DETECTION WIRE FOR NON-METALLIC PIPING A. Insulate a single strand, solid copper detection wire with a minimum of 12 AWG. 2.4 MATERIAL FOR RIP-RAP A. Provide bedding material and filter fabric and rock conforming to St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. B. Bedding Material 1. Bedding for riprap shall conform to St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. Bedding shall be of the gradation as specified on the contract drawings. Bedding material shall be crushed stone, or crushed gravel meeting the requirements of St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. C. Rock 1. Stone for riprap shall conform to St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. Riprap shall be of the gradation as specified on the contract drawings. Broken concrete or pre-cast concrete blocks shall not be utilized EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

139 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork 2.5 FILTER FABRIC A. Filter fabric for use with riprap shall conform to St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. B. For riprap gradations 4 and 5, a fabric weight of 6 oz. per square yard shall be used. A fabric weight of 8 oz. per square yard shall be used with riprap gradations 6 and 7. C. Securing pins for anchoring filter fabric shall be nominally 3/16 inch diameter steel bars, pointed on one end and fabricated with a head to retain a steel washer having an outside radius of not less than 1-1/2 inches. The length of the pin shall not be less than 12 inches. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STRIPPING OF TOPSOIL A. Where indicated or directed, strip topsoil to a depth of 4 inches. Spread topsoil on areas already graded and prepared for topsoil, or transported and deposited in stockpiles convenient to areas that are to receive application of the topsoil later, or at locations indicated or specified. Keep topsoil separate from other excavated materials, brush, litter, objectionable weeds, roots, stones larger than 2 inch in diameter, and other materials that would interfere with planting and maintenance operations. Remove from the site any surplus of topsoil from excavations and gradings. 3.2 GENERAL EXCAVATION A. Perform excavation of every type of material encountered within the limits of the project to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated and as specified. Perform the grading in accordance with the typical sections shown and the tolerances specified in paragraph FINISHING. Transport satisfactory excavated materials and place in fill or embankment within the limits of the work. Excavate unsatisfactory materials encountered within the limits of the work below grade and replace with satisfactory materials as directed. Include such excavated material and the satisfactory material ordered as replacement in excavation. Dispose surplus satisfactory excavated material not required for fill or embankment in areas approved for surplus material storage or designated waste areas. Dispose unsatisfactory excavated material in designated waste or spoil areas. During construction, perform excavation and fill in a manner and sequence that will provide proper drainage at all times. Excavate material required for fill or embankment in excess of that produced by excavation within the grading limits from the borrow areas indicated or from other approved areas selected by the Contractor as specified. B. Ditches, Gutters, and Channel Changes 1. Finish excavation of ditches, gutters, and channel changes by cutting accurately to the cross sections, grades, and elevations shown on the contract drawings. Do not excavate ditches and gutters below grades shown. Backfill the excessive open ditch or gutter excavation with satisfactory, thoroughly compacted, material or with suitable stone or cobble to grades shown. Dispose excavated material as shown or as directed, except in no case allow material be deposited a maximum 4 feet from edge of a ditch. Maintain excavations free from detrimental quantities of leaves, brush, sticks, trash, and other debris until final acceptance of the work. C. Drainage Structures 1. Make excavations to the lines, grades, and elevations shown, or as directed. Provide trenches and foundation pits of sufficient size to permit the placement and removal of forms for the full length and width of structure footings and foundations as shown. Clean rock or other hard foundation material of loose debris and cut to a firm, level, stepped, or serrated surface. Remove loose disintegrated rock and thin strata. Do not disturb the bottom of the excavation when concrete or masonry is to be placed in an excavated area. Do not excavate to the final grade level until just before the concrete or masonry is to be placed. Where pile foundations are to be used, stop the excavation of each pit at an elevation 1 foot above the base of the footing, as specified, before piles are driven. After the pile driving has been completed, remove loose and displaced material and complete excavation, leaving a smooth, solid, undisturbed surface to receive the concrete or masonry. D. Drainage 1. Provide for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water encountered during construction. Completely drain construction site during periods of construction to keep soil materials sufficiently dry. Construct storm drainage features (ponds/basins) at the earliest stages of site development, and throughout construction grade the construction area to provide positive surface water runoff away from the construction EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

140 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork activity or provide temporary ditches, swales, and other drainage features and equipment as required to maintain dry soils. When unsuitable working platforms for equipment operation and unsuitable soil support for subsequent construction features develop, remove unsuitable material and provide new soil material as specified herein. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assess the soil and ground water conditions presented by the plans and specifications and to employ necessary measures to permit construction to proceed. E. Dewatering 1. Control groundwater flowing toward or into excavations to prevent sloughing of excavation slopes and walls, boils, uplift and heave in the excavation and to eliminate interference with orderly progress of construction. Do not permit French drains, sumps, ditches or trenches within 3 feet of the foundation of any structure, except with specific written approval, and after specific contractual provisions for restoration of the foundation area have been made. Take control measures by the time the excavation reaches the water level in order to maintain the integrity of the in situ material. F. Trench Excavation Requirements 1. Excavate the trench as recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe to be installed, and excavate in conformance with all OSHA requirements. 2. Bottom Preparation a. Grade the bottoms of trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing and support for the bottom quadrant of each section of the pipe. Excavate bell holes to the necessary size at each joint or coupling to eliminate point bearing. Remove stones of 6 inches or greater in any dimension, or as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is smaller, to avoid point bearing. 3. Removal of Unyielding Material a. Where overdepth is not indicated and unyielding material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, remove such material 12 inches below the required grade and replaced with suitable materials as provided in paragraph BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION. 4. Removal of Unstable Material a. Where unstable material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, remove such material to the depth directed and replace it to the proper grade with select granular material as provided in paragraph BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION. When removal of unstable material is required due to the Contractor's fault or neglect in performing the work, the Contractor is responsible for excavating the resulting material and replacing it without additional cost to the owner. 5. Excavation for Appurtenances a. Provide excavation for manholes, catch-basins, inlets, or similar of sufficient size to permit the placement and removal of forms for the full length and width of structure footings and foundations as shown. Clean rock of loose debris and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as shown or as directed. Remove loose disintegrated rock and thin strata. When concrete or masonry is to be placed in an excavated area, take special care not to disturb the bottom of the excavation. Do not excavate to the final grade level until just before the concrete or masonry is to be placed. 6. Jacking, Boring, and Tunneling a. Unless otherwise indicated, provide excavation by open cut except that sections of a trench may be jacked, bored, or tunneled if, in the opinion of the engineer, the pipe, cable, or duct can be safely and properly installed and backfill can be properly compacted in such sections. G. Underground Utilities 1. The Contractor is responsible for movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes and utilities during construction. Perform work adjacent to utilities as indicated in accordance with procedures outlined by utility company. Excavation made with power-driven equipment is not permitted within two feet of known utility or subsurface construction. For work immediately adjacent to or for excavations exposing a utility or other buried obstruction, excavate by hand. Start hand excavation on each side of the indicated obstruction and continue until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new grade is assured. Support uncovered lines or other existing work affected by the contract excavation until approval for backfill is granted by the engineer. Report damage to utility lines or sub-surface construction immediately to the engineer EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

141 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork 3.3 SELECTION OF BORROW MATERIAL A. Select borrow material to meet the requirements and conditions of the particular fill or embankment for which it is to be used. Obtain borrow material from the borrow areas approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided in the contract, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining the right to procure material, pay royalties and other charges involved, and bear the expense of developing the sources, including rights-of-way for hauling from the owners. Unless specifically provided, do not obtain borrow within the limits of the project site without prior written approval. Consider necessary clearing, grubbing, and satisfactory drainage of borrow pits and the disposal of debris thereon related operations to the borrow excavation. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the NPDES storm water permit for any work conducted on borrow sites, as well as preparing and implementing the approved storm water prevention plan. 3.4 OPENING AND DRAINAGE OF EXCAVATION AND BORROW PITS A. The Contractor is responsible for notifying the engineer sufficiently in advance of the opening of any excavation or borrow pit to permit elevations and measurements of the undisturbed ground surface to be taken. Except as otherwise permitted, excavate borrow pits and other excavation areas providing adequate drainage. Transport overburden and other spoil material to designated spoil areas or otherwise dispose of as directed. Provide neatly trimmed and drained borrow pits after the excavation is completed. Ensure that excavation of any area, operation of borrow pits, or dumping of spoil material results in minimum detrimental effects on natural environmental conditions. 3.5 GRADING AREAS A. Where indicated, divide work into grading areas within which satisfactory excavated material will be placed in embankments, fills, and required backfills. Do not haul satisfactory material excavated in one grading area to another grading area except when so directed in writing. Place and grade stockpiles of satisfactory and wasted materials as specified. Keep stockpiles in a neat and well drained condition, giving due consideration to drainage at all times. Clear, grub, and seal by rubber-tired equipment, the ground surface at stockpile locations; separately stockpile excavated satisfactory and unsatisfactory materials. Protect stockpiles of satisfactory materials from contamination which may destroy the quality and fitness of the stockpiled material. If the Contractor fails to protect the stockpiles, and any material becomes unsatisfactory, remove and replace such material with satisfactory material from approved sources. 3.6 FINAL GRADE OF SURFACES TO SUPPORT CONCRETE A. Do not excavate to final grade until just before concrete is to be placed. Only use excavation methods that will leave the foundation rock in a solid and unshattered condition. Roughen the level surfaces, and cut the sloped surfaces, as indicated, into rough steps or benches to provide a satisfactory bond. Protect shales from slaking and all surfaces from erosion resulting from ponding or water flow. 3.7 GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION A. General Requirements 1. Remove and replace unsatisfactory material with satisfactory materials, as directed by the Engineer, in surfaces to receive fill or in excavated areas. Scarify the surface to a depth of 6 inch before the fill is started. Plow, step, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that the fill material will bond with the existing material. When subgrades are less than the specified density, break up the ground surface to a minimum depth of 6 inch, pulverizing, and compacting to the specified density. When the subgrade is part fill and part excavation or natural ground, scarify the excavated or natural ground portion to a depth of 12 inch and compact it as specified for the adjacent fill. B. Frozen Material 1. Do not place material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost. Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, or other approved equipment well suited to the soil being compacted. Moisten material as necessary to provide the moisture content that will readily facilitate obtaining the specified compaction with the equipment used. 3.8 UTILIZATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Dispose unsatisfactory materials by removing from excavations into designated waste disposal or spoil areas. Use satisfactory material removed from excavations, insofar as practicable, in the construction of fills, embankments, subgrades, shoulders, bedding (as backfill), and for similar purposes. Do not waste any EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

142 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork satisfactory excavated material without specific written authorization. Dispose of satisfactory material, authorized to be wasted, in designated areas approved for surplus material storage or designated waste areas as directed. Clear and grub newly designated waste areas on owner s land before disposal of waste material thereon. Stockpile and use coarse rock from excavations for constructing slopes or embankments adjacent to streams, or sides and bottoms of channels and for protecting against erosion. Do not dispose excavated material to obstruct the flow of any stream, endanger a partly finished structure, impair the efficiency or appearance of any structure, or be detrimental to the completed work in any way. 3.9 BURIED TAPE AND DETECTION WIRE A. Buried Warning and Identification Tape 1. Provide buried utility lines with utility identification tape. Bury tape 12 inch below finished grade; under pavements and slabs, bury tape 6 inch below top of subgrade. B. Buried Detection Wire 1. Bury detection wire directly above non-metallic piping at a distance not to exceed 12 inch above the top of pipe. Extend the wire continuously and unbroken, from appropriate termination locations. Terminate the ends of the wire inside the structures at each end of the pipe, with a minimum of 3 feet of wire, coiled, remaining accessible in each structure. Furnish insulated wire over it's entire length. For force mains, terminate the wire in the valve pit at the pump station end of the pipe, and at designated termination locations BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill adjacent to any and all types of structures, and compact to at least 90 percent laboratory maximum density for cohesive materials or 95 percent laboratory maximum density for cohesionless materials, to prevent wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against the structure. Prepare ground surface on which backfill is to be placed as specified in paragraph GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION. Provide compaction requirements for backfill materials in conformance with the applicable portions of paragraphs GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION. Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, vibratory compactors, or other approved equipment. B. Trench Backfill 1. Backfill trenches to the grade shown. 2. Replacement of Unyielding Material a. Replace unyielding material removed from the bottom of the trench with select granular material or initial backfill material. 3. Replacement of Unstable Material a. Replace unstable material removed from the bottom of the trench or excavation with select granular material placed in layers not exceeding 6 inch loose thickness. 4. Bedding and Initial Backfill a. Provide bedding of the type and thickness shown. Place initial backfill material and compact it with approved tampers to a height of at least one foot above the utility pipe or conduit. Bring up the backfill evenly on both sides of the pipe for the full length of the pipe. Take care to ensure thorough compaction of the fill under the haunches of the pipe. Except as specified otherwise in the individual piping section, provide bedding for buried piping in accordance with AWWA C600, Type 4, except as specified herein. Compact backfill to top of pipe to 95 percent of ASTM D 698 maximum density. Provide plastic piping with bedding to spring line of pipe. Provide materials as follows: 1. Class I: Angular, 0.25 to 1.5 inch, graded stone, including a number of fill materials that have regional significance such as coral, slag, cinders, crushed stone, and crushed shells. 5. Final Backfill a. Fill the remainder of the trench, except for special materials for roadways with satisfactory material. Place backfill material and compact as follows: 1. Roadways: Place backfill up to the required elevation as specified. Do not permit water flooding or jetting methods of compaction. 2. Sidewalks, Turfed or Seeded Areas and Miscellaneous Areas: Deposit backfill in layers of a maximum of 12 inch loose thickness, and compact it to 85 percent maximum density for cohesive soils and 90 percent maximum density for cohesionless soils. Apply this requirement to all other areas not specifically designated above EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

143 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork C. Backfill for Appurtenances 1. After the manhole, catchbasin, inlet, or similar structure has been constructed [and the concrete has been allowed to cure for 3 days, place backfill in such a manner that the structure is not be damaged by the shock of falling earth. Deposit the backfill material, compact it as specified for final backfill, and bring up the backfill evenly on all sides of the structure to prevent eccentric loading and excessive stress SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Special requirements for both excavation and backfill relating to the specific utilities are as follows: B. Water Lines 1. Excavate trenches to a depth that provides a minimum cover of 3.5 feet from the existing ground surface, or from the indicated finished grade, whichever is lower, to the top of the pipe. C. Electrical Distribution System 1. Provide a minimum cover of 24 inch from the finished grade to direct burial cable and conduit or duct line, unless otherwise indicated RIP-RAP CONSTRUCTION A. Construct rip-rap on bedding material on filter fabric in accordance with St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. Trim and dress indicated areas to conform to cross sections, lines and grades shown within a tolerance of 0.1 foot. 1. Bedding Placement a. Spread filter fabric bedding material uniformly to a thickness as required by St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. Stone Placement a. Place rock for rip-rap on prepared bedding material to produce a well graded mass with the minimum practicable percentage of voids in conformance with lines and grades indicated. Distribute larger rock fragments, with dimensions extending the full depth of the rip-rap throughout the entire mass and eliminate "pockets" of small rock fragments. Rearrange individual pieces by mechanical equipment or by hand as necessary to obtain the distribution of fragment sizes specified above EMBANKMENTS A. Earth Embankments 1. Each lift of the embankment material shall be disked sufficiently to break down oversized clods, mix the different materials, secure a uniform moisture content, and ensure uniform density and compaction. Disking may be omitted if the fill material consists of sand or gravel. 2. If the roadway embankment is less than 1 1/2 ft (450 mm), all lifts shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of the standard laboratory density. If the embankment height is between 1 1/2 ft and 3 ft inclusive, the first lift shall be compacted to not less than 90 percent, and the balance to a minimum of 95 percent of the standard laboratory density. If the embankment exceeds 3 ft (900 mm) in height, the lower 1/3 of the embankment, but not to exceed the lower 2 ft (600 mm), shall be compacted in a manner that will yield a minimum of 90 percent of standard laboratory density to the uppermost lift of that portion of the embankment. The next 1 ft (300 mm) of embankment shall be compacted to not less than 93 percent, and the balance of the embankment compacted to not less than 95 percent of the standard laboratory density. The top 2 ft (600 mm) of all embankments shall not contain more than 120 percent of the optimum moisture determined according to AASHTO T 99 (Method C). The Contractor will be permitted the use of an approved additive to effect a quicker drying time. 3. The standard laboratory density shall be the maximum dry density determined according to AASHTO T 99 (Method C). A coarse particle correction according to AASHTO T 224 shall be used. 4. The dry density of the compacted embankment will be determined by the Engineer at regular intervals according to St. Louis County Department of Transportation, or by other methods approved by the Engineer. 5. The embankment shall be sprinkled with water when it is necessary to increase the moisture content of the soil to permit the embankment to be constructed to the densities indicated above. Compacting equipment and compacting operations shall be coordinated with the rate of placing embankment so that the required density is obtained EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

144 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork 6. Special care shall be exercised in compacting embankments adjacent to structures and in sharp depressions. Where such areas are inaccessible to the compacting equipment being used, the material shall be placed in 8 in. (200 mm) horizontal lifts and uniformly compacted with suitable mechanical equipment. Embankment placed adjacent to a structure shall not contain more than 110 percent of the optimum moisture determined according to AASHTO T 99 (Method C) SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Proof Rolling 1. Finish proof rolling on an exposed subgrade free of surface water (wet conditions resulting from rainfall) which would promote degradation of an otherwise acceptable subgrade. After stripping, proof roll the existing subgrade with six passes of a dump truck loaded with 4 cubic yards of soil. Operate the truckr in a systematic manner to ensure the number of passes over all areas, and at speeds between 2-1/2 to 3-1/2 mph. When proof rolling, provide one-half of the passes made with the roller in a direction perpendicular to the other passes. Notify the engineer a minimum of 3 days prior to proof rolling. Perform proof rolling in the presence of the engineer. Undercut rutting or pumping of material as directed by the engineer and replace with select material. B. Construction 1. Shape subgrade to line, grade, and cross section, and compact as specified. Include plowing, disking, and any moistening or aerating required to obtain specified compaction for this operation. Remove soft or otherwise unsatisfactory material and replace with satisfactory excavated material or other approved material as directed. Excavate rock encountered in the cut section to a depth of 6 inch below finished grade for the subgrade. Bring up low areas resulting from removal of unsatisfactory material or excavation of rock to required grade with satisfactory materials, and shape the entire subgrade to line, grade, and cross section and compact as specified. After rolling, do not show deviations for the surface of the subgrade for roadways greater than [1/2] inch when tested with a 12-foot straightedge applied both parallel and at right angles to the centerline of the area. C. Compaction 1. Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, vibratory compactors, or other approved equipment. Except for paved areas, compact each layer of the embankment to at least 95 percent of laboratory maximum density. 2. Subgrade for Pavements a. When compacted, the subgrade shall have a minimum dry density of 95 percent of the standard laboratory dry density and a minimum immediate bearing value (IBV) of 8.0. Densities will be determined according to St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. b. In cut sections, the Contractor shall take the following steps in an effort to obtain the required density and stability 1. Step 1 - Cut plan ditches, which drain the area, at least to grade. This shall be done at least two weeks prior to Step Step 2 - Air dry the top 8 in. (200 mm) of subgrade. This procedure shall include at least two 8 in. (200 mm) deep processings utilizing disks or tillers each day for three consecutive good drying days. 3. Step 3 - Recompact the layer processed in Step 2 to achieve the required density, or until at least nine passes of a roller which has demonstrated ability to obtain the density on adjacent earth work have been made. c. When the above steps have been performed and the required density and stability still have not been attained, the Engineer will make a determination as to whether additional drying and recompaction will be needed or whether the ground and soil conditions warrant more extensive treatments. Soft and unstable material that will not compact when rolled or tamped, shall be removed and disposed of, and replaced with material approved by the Engineer. d. Where rolling of the subgrade is required, any areas which are inaccessible to a roller shall be compacted by either a mechanical or hand tamper meeting the approval of the Engineer. e. Equipment of such weight, or used in such a way as to cause a rut in the finished subgrade of 1/2 in. (13 mm) or more in depth, shall be removed from the work or the rutting otherwise prevented. f. The subgrade will be approved by the Engineer before construction of the pavement structure, shoulders, or appurtenances is started SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

145 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork A. Construct shoulders of satisfactory excavated or borrow material or as otherwise shown or specified. Construct shoulders immediately after adjacent paving is complete. In the case of rigid pavements, do not construct shoulders until permission of the engineer has been obtained. Compact the entire shoulder area to at least the percentage of maximum density as specified in paragraph SUBGRADE PREPARATION above, for specific ranges of depth below the surface of the shoulder. Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic-tired rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, vibratory compactors, or other approved equipment. Finish shoulder construction in proper sequence in such a manner that adjacent ditches will be drained effectively and that no damage of any kind is done to the adjacent completed pavement. Align the completed shoulders true to grade and shaped to drain in conformity with the cross section shown FINISHING A. Finish the surface of excavations, embankments, and subgrades to a smooth and compact surface in accordance with the lines, grades, and cross sections or elevations shown. Provide the degree of finish for graded areas within 0.1 foot of the grades and elevations indicated except that the degree of finish for subgrades specified in paragraph SUBGRADE PREPARATION. Finish gutters and ditches in a manner that will result in effective drainage. Finish the surface of areas to be turfed from settlement or washing to a smoothness suitable for the application of turfing materials. Repair graded, topsoiled, or backfilled areas prior to acceptance of the work, and re-established grades to the required elevations and slopes SUBGRADE AND EMBANKMENTS A. During construction, keep embankments and excavations shaped and drained. Maintain ditches and drains along subgrade to drain effectively at all times. Do not disturb the finished subgrade by traffic or other operation. The Contractor is responsible for protecting and maintaining the finished subgrade in a satisfactory condition until ballast, subbase, base, or pavement is placed. Do not permit the storage or stockpiling of materials on the finished subgrade. Do not lay subbase, base course, ballast, or pavement until the subgrade has been checked and approved, and in no case place subbase, base, surfacing, pavement, or ballast on a muddy, spongy, or frozen subgrade. B. Capillary Water Barrier 1. Place a capillary water barrier under concrete floor and area-way slabs grade directly on the subgrade and compact with a minimum of two passes of a hand-operated plate-type vibratory compactor. C. Grading Around Structures 1. Construct areas within 5 feet outside of each building and structure line true-to-grade, shape to drain, and maintain free of trash and debris until final inspection has been completed and the work has been accepted PLACING TOPSOIL A. On areas to receive topsoil, prepare the compacted subgrade soil to a 2 inch depth for bonding of topsoil with subsoil. Spread topsoil evenly to a thickness of 4 inch and grade to the elevations and slopes shown. Do not spread topsoil when frozen or excessively wet or dry TESTING A. Perform testing by a St. Louis County Department of Transportation certified commercial testing laboratory. Determine field in-place density in accordance with ASTM D When ASTM D 2922 is used, check the calibration curves and adjust using only the sand cone method as described in ASTM D ASTM D 2922 results in a wet unit weight of soil to determine the moisture content of the soil when using this method ASTM D Check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gauges along with density calibration checks as described in ASTM D 3017; check the calibration of both the density and moisture gauges at the beginning of a job on each different type of material encountered and at intervals as directed by the Engineer. When test results indicate, as determined by the Engineer, that compaction is not as specified, remove the material, replace and recompact to meet specification requirements. Perform tests on recompacted areas to determine conformance with specification requirements. Appoint a registered professional civil engineer to certify inspections and test results. These certifications shall state that the tests and observations were performed by or under the direct supervision of the engineer and that the results are representative of the materials or conditions being certified by the tests. The following number of tests, if performed at the appropriate time, will be the minimum acceptable for each type operation. B. Fill and Backfill Material Gradation EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

146 DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK Section Earthwork 1. One test per 500 cubic yards stockpiled or in-place source material. Determine gradation of fill and backfill material in accordance with ASTM C 136 C. In-Place Densities 1. One test per 10,000 square feet, or fraction thereof, of each lift of fill or backfill areas compacted by other than hand-operated machines. 2. One test per 5,000 square feet, or fraction thereof, of each lift of fill or backfill areas compacted by handoperated machines. 3. One test per 500 linear feet, or fraction thereof, of each lift of embankment or backfill for roads. D. Moisture Contents 1. In the stockpile, excavation, or borrow areas, perform a minimum of two tests per day per type of material or source of material being placed during stable weather conditions. During unstable weather, perform tests as dictated by local conditions and approved by the Engineer. E. Optimum Moisture and Laboratory Maximum Density 1. Perform tests for each type material or source of material including borrow material to determine the optimum moisture and laboratory maximum density values. One representative test per 500 cubic yards of fill and backfill, or when any change in material occurs which may affect the optimum moisture content or laboratory maximum density. F. Tolerance Tests for Subgrades 1. Perform continuous checks on the degree of finish specified in paragraph SUBGRADE PREPARATION during construction of the subgrades. G. Displacement of Sewers 1. After other required tests have been performed and the trench backfill compacted to 3 feet above the top of the pipe] [the finished grade surface], inspect the pipe to determine whether significant displacement has occurred. Conduct this inspection in the presence of the engineer. Inspect pipe sizes larger than 36 inch, while inspecting smaller diameter pipe by shining a light or laser between manholes or manhole locations, or by the use of television cameras passed through the pipe. If, in the judgement of the engineer, the interior of the pipe shows poor alignment or any other defects that would cause improper functioning of the system, replace or repair the defects as directed at no additional cost to the owner. END OF SECTION EARTHWORK 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 12 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 31\310000_Earthwork.docx May 2016

147 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following: 1. Driveways and roadways. 2. Curbs and gutters. 3. Walkways. B. The work shall include construction of a pavement composed of portland cement concrete with or without reinforcement, constructed on a prepared sub-grade or sub-base, with or without forms. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section Submittal Procedures: 1. SD-03 Product Data a. For each type of product indicated. 2. SD-05 Design Data a. For each concrete pavement mixture. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products who complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless modified by requirements in the contract documents. C. St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 1. Section 502 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 2. Section 608 Concrete Medians, Median Strips, Sidewalks, Steps and Paved Approaches 3. Section 609 Paved Drainage PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUB-GRADE A. Description 1. Sub-grade consists of the shaping and final compaction of the earth for the construction of sub-base, base, and surface courses. Sub-grade shall conform to Section 209 Subgrade Preparation of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. The entire sub-grade shall be compacted to not less than 95% of the standard laboratory density. The standard laboratory density shall be the maximum density determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 (Method A or C). A coarse particle correction in accordance with AASHTO T 224 shall be used with method A and may be used with method C. 3. All holes, ruts, soft places and other defects shall be corrected. In no case shall the granular sub base be placed on soft or unstable material, or over areas that are not drained in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. If the sub-grade is dusty or muddy, operations shall be delayed until it is in a condition satisfactory to the engineer. 2.2 COMPACTION A. Each layer of the embankment material shall be disked sufficiently to break down oversize clods, mix the different materials, secure a uniform moisture content, and ensure uniform density and compaction CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

148 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving B. If the embankment is less than 1-1/2 feet, all lifts shall be compacted to not less than 95% of the standard laboratory density. If the embankment height is between 1-1/2 and 3 feet, inclusive, the first lift shall be compacted to not less than 90 percent, and the balance to a minimum of 95% of the standard laboratory density. If the embankment exceeds 3 feet in height, the lower 1/3 of the embankment, but not to exceed the lower 2 feet, shall be compacted in a manner that will yield a minimum of 90% of standard laboratory density to the uppermost lift of that portion of the embankment. The next 1 foot of embankment shall be compacted to not less than 93%, and the balance of the embankment compacted to not less than 95% of the standard laboratory density. C. The top two feet of all embankments shall not contain more than 120 percent of the optimum moisture determined in accordance with AASHTO T 99 (method C). D. The standard laboratory density shall be the maximum density as determined according to AASHTO T 99 (method A or C). A coarse particle correction according to AASHTO T 224 shall be used with method A and may be used with method C. E. Embankment placed adjacent to a structure shall not contain more than 110 percent of the optimum moisture determined according to AASHTO T99 (Method C). 2.3 LIME MODIFIED SOILS A. Description 1. This work consists of the construction of a lime stabilized soil mixture composed of "reactive" soil, lime and water that will be considered sub-base. The lime stabilized soil shall be constructed in accordance with Section 205 Modified Subgrade of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. The thickness of the lime modified soils shall be 12 inches. B. Reactive Soils 1. "Reactive" soils are defined as those soils that when mixed thoroughly with at least 3 percent lime compacted and cured for 48 hours at 49 C (120 F) will exhibit a strength gain of at least 50 psi greater than that obtained from similarly prepared untreated control specimens. C. Proportioning 1. The lime and soil shall be proportioned within the limits of from 3 to 8 percent lime based on the dry weight of the soil. The mixture used shall provide a minimum laboratory average compressive strength of 100 psi. D. Compaction 1. Compaction of the mixture shall begin as soon as is practical after mixing. In no case shall compaction be started later than 3 days after mixing unless approved by the engineer. If compaction is to be delayed, the surface of the lime modified soil shall be crown-graded and sealed by either blade dragging or light rolling immediately after mixing. 2. Compaction shall be continued until the lime modified soil layer has a density of not less than 95% of the standard dry density. The standard dry density of the lime treated soil shall be determined from AASHTO T 99 (method C). The field in-place dry density will be determined by AASHTO T 191 or AASHTO T 238 and T AGGREGATE BASE COURSE A. Description 1. The base course shall consist of furnishing and placing one or more courses of aggregate on a prepared sub-grade or sub-base in conformance with Section 304 Aggregate Base Course of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. B. Base Course Materials 1. The base course shall be a Type 5 aggregate in conformance with Section 1007 Aggregate for Base of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. The aggregate base course shall be compacted to a final thickness as specified on the construction drawings. 2.5 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Description CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

149 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving 1. This work shall consist of constructing portland cement concrete pavement on a prepared base. The Portland Cement Concrete Pavement shall conform to Section 501 Ready-Mixed Concrete and Section 502 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. B. Portland Cement Concrete and Appurtenant Materials: 1. Materials shall meet the requirements of the following Articles of Division 1000 Material Details as specified in Section 501 and 502 of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. C. Portland Cement Concrete 1. Portland cement concrete pavement, sidewalks, and curb and gutter, etc. shall conform to the following requirements: Class of Concrete PV Pavement SI Sidewalks Curb, Gutter, Curb & Gutter, Median, and Paved Ditch Cement Factor cwt/c.y. (3) Slump (inches) (4) Water Cement Ratio (lb/lb) Min. Max. 3 days 5.65 (1) 6.05 (2) 5.65 (1) 6.05 (2) (5) Ty III 3500 (650) Mix Design Compressive Strength (Flexural Strength) psi, minimum 14 days 3500 (650) (5) (650) 28 days Air Content % Coarse Aggregate Gradations CA-5 & CA- 7, CA-5 & CA-11, CA- 7,CA-11, or CA CA-7, CA- 11, or CA- 14 D. Reinforcement Fabric for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 1. Welded Wire Fabric a. Welded wire fabric shall conform to Section 1036 Reinforcing Steel for Concrete of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2.6 PROTECTIVE COAT A. If the pavement is constructed after October 15 and it will be opened to traffic prior to April 15, two protective coats will be required. Protective coats shall conform with the requirements of AASHTO M 233 except the protective coats shall have a non-volatile range of 53 to 57 percent and the petroleum spirits used in the production of the protective coats shall be Type I conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 235 with a maximum copper corrosion rating of 2. The rate of application for each coat shall be not more than 50 square yards per gallon. 2.7 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. B. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet. C. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. D. Plain Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. E. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. F. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

150 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving 2.8 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: AASHTO M171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. E. Clear Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: AASHTO M148 (ASTM C 309), Type 1, Class A, dissipating. F. White Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: AASHTO M148 (ASTM C 309), Type 2, Class A. 2.9 RELATED MATERIALS A. Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum-oxide granules or crushed emery with emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials WHEEL STOPS A. Wheel Stops: Precast, air-entrained concrete. 1. Dowels: Galvanized steel, 3/4-inch diameter, 10-inch minimum length CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE OR SUBBASE A. The subgrade or subbase shall be graded, compacted, trimmed, and finished according to Section 209 Subgrade Preparation of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. The minimum width of the prepared subgrade or subbase shall be according to the cross sections as shown on the plans or as specified by the Engineer. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Proof-roll prepared sub-base surface below concrete pavements, drives, and dock areas with heavy pneumatictired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 3.3 FORMS AND FORM SETTING A. Prior to the start of paving, forms shall be in place to accommodate at least one day's paving. Forms shall be staked in place with at least 3 pins per 3-m (10-ft.) section of form. Form sections shall be locked together. The forms shall be supported for the full length and width of the form line by either the sub-grade or sub-base. If required by the engineer, the sub-base or sub-grade shall be tamped under the form line. The alignment of the form line shall be within a tolerance of 5 mm (1/4 inch) with the plan edge of pavement. The elevation of the form shall be the plan elevation of the edge of pavement. Minor deviations in the sub-grade or sub-base elevation may be corrected by placing compacted granular or sub-base material in 10 mm (1/2 inch) lifts or less for low areas, provided the build up is not continuous. Shims or wedges shall not be used to build up the form line. High areas may be corrected by tamping or trimming as required. The minimum form height shall equal the plan pavement thickness. Form heights exceeding the pavement thickness may be used provided the forms are set and maintained at the plan elevation. 3.4 PLACING A. No concrete shall be mixed, placed or finished when the natural light is insufficient, unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. Concrete shall not be placed on soft, muddy, or frozen sub-grade or sub-base. Concrete shall not be placed when the sub-grade is frozen under permanent adjacent pavement. The concrete shall be unloaded into an approved mechanical concrete spreader and deposited uniformly across CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

151 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving the sub-grade or sub-base as close as possible to its final position. The use of a mechanical spreader may be waived provided the concrete hauling equipment is equipped with a discharge system capable of distributing the concrete uniformly without segregation across the sub-grade or sub-base and meets the approval of the engineer. When required, hand spreading shall be accomplished with shovels. Paving shall be continuous between transverse joint locations shown on the plans. Transverse joint assemblies shall be protected from displacement or damage during the placement and consolidation of the concrete, Workers will not be allowed to walk in the freshly mixed concrete with boots or shoes coated with earth or foreign substances. When approved in writing by the engineer, pavements in excess of 7.2 m (24 ft.) or more in width may be constructed full width in a single operation. Where concrete is to be placed adjoining a previously constructed lane of pavement, and mechanical equipment will be operated upon the existing lane of pavement, that lane shall have attained the strength specified for 14-day concrete. If only finishing equipment is operated on the edge of the existing lane, paving in adjoining lanes may be permitted after 3 days. B. Should any concrete materials fall on or be worked into the surface of a completed slab, they shall be removed immediately by approved methods. 3.5 STRIKE OFF OF CONCRETE AND PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT A. Following placing, the concrete shall be struck off to conform to the cross section shown on the plans and to an elevation such that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement will be at the elevation shown on the plans. B. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer, the reinforcement shall be positioned on chair supports spaced at maximum intervals of 1.2 m (4 ft.) in advance of concrete placement. The pavement reinforcement shall be placed such that the reinforcement in the completed pavement will be at the location shown on the plans with a placement tolerance for individual bars or individual wires of ±25 mm (±1 inch) horizontally and vertically. Reinforcing steel shall be free from dirt, oil, paint, grease, or other materials in which could impair bond with the concrete. All laps between sheets shall be held firmly together by wire or clips spaced not more than 1.2 m (4 ft.) apart. 3.6 JOINTS A. Transverse Contraction Joints 1. Transverse contraction joints shall consist of planes of weakness created by cutting grooves in the surface of the pavement and shall include load transfer devices. Transverse contraction joints shall be placed at regular intervals not to exceed fifteen (15) feet. Sawed contraction joints shall be created by sawing grooves in the surface of the pavement, of the dimensions and at the spacing and lines shown on the plans, with an approved concrete saw. After each joint is sawed, the saw cut and adjacent concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned. Sawing of the joint shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive raveling, usually 4 to 24 hours. All joints shall be sawed to the full depth before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking takes place. If necessary, the sawing operations shall be carried on both during the day and night, regardless of weather conditions. Curing covering shall be removed from the pavement only at the location where a joint is to be cut. Only sufficient covering shall be removed to provide the necessary room for working at the location of the joint. As soon as the joint has been cut, the covering shall be replaced. In no case shall the top surface and edges of the pavement be left unprotected for a period of more than 1/2 hour. Water may be sprayed on the saw blade during the cutting. If necessary, a suitable stationary guide shall be used to prevent side swaying of the machine to ensure that the cut will be straight. Water shall be used, if necessary, to thoroughly clean the joint. All extraneous material, including free water, shall be removed from the joint opening by means of an air jet. B. Transverse Expansion Joints 1. The expansion joint filler shall be continuous from form to form, and shaped to the subgrade or subbase. Preformed joint filler shall be furnished in lengths equal to the pavement width or equal to the width of one lane. Damaged or repaired joint filler shall not be used unless approved by the engineer. The expansion joint filler shall be held in a vertical position. An approved installing bar, or other device, shall be used if required to secure preformed expansion joint filler at the proper grade and alignment during placing and finishing of the concrete. Finished joints shall not deviate more than 5 mm (1/4 inch) in the horizontal alignment from a straight line. If joint fillers are assembled in sections, there shall be no offsets between adjacent units. No plugs of concrete shall be permitted anywhere within the expansion space. C. Longitudinal Sawed Joint 1. Longitudinal sawed joints spacing shall not exceed 12.5 feet. Epoxy-coated deformed steel tie bars of specified length, size, spacing and material shall be placed perpendicular to the longitudinal sawed joints CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

152 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving They shall be placed by approved mechanical equipment, firmly supported on support pins, or rigidly supported on approved joint assemblies to prevent displacement. Longitudinal sawed joints shall be constructed along the centerline of 2-lane pavements and along the lane lines of pavements paved more than 2-lanes full width in a single operation. Longitudinal sawed joints shall be formed by cutting the surface of the pavement by means of approved concrete saws to the depth, width and line shown on the plans. Suitable guidelines or devices shall be used to assure cutting of the longitudinal joint on the true line as shown on the plans. 2. Sawing of the longitudinal joint shall commence as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit sawing without excessive raveling, usually 4 to 24 hours. All joints shall be sawed to the full depth as shown on the plans before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking takes place. If necessary, the sawing operations shall be carried on both during the day and night regardless of weather conditions. D. Sealing Joints 1. Joints shall be sealed, as shown on the plans, before the pavement is opened to traffic, including construction traffic, and as soon after the curing period as feasible. a. Poured Joint Seal. Just prior to sealing, each joint shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material, including membrane curing compound, and the joint faces shall be clean and surface dry when the seal is applied. Material for seal applied hot shall be stirred during heating so that localized overheating does not occur. The sealing material shall be applied to each joint opening to conform to the details shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. The pouring shall be done in such a manner that the material will not be spilled on the exposed surfaces of the concrete. b. Any excess material on the surface of the concrete pavement shall be removed immediately and the pavement surface cleaned. The use of sand or similar material as a cover for the seal will not be permitted. Poured joint sealing material shall not be placed when the air temperature in the shade is less than 10 C (50 F.), unless approved by the engineer. c. When sand is to be placed for the joint filler prior to sealing expansion joints with a hot-poured joint sealer, the sand shall be a dry, durable sand with 100 percent passing the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve and no more than 3 percent passing the 75 μm (No. 200) sieve when tested according to AASHTO T EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.8 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 3.9 JOINTS A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline, unless otherwise indicated. B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement and at locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless pavement terminates at isolation joints. C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness to match jointing of existing adjacent concrete pavement. E. Edging: Tool edges of pavement, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

153 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. B. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. C. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. D. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. E. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments FLOAT FINISHING A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 1. Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across float-finished concrete, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, gritty texture. 2. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across float-finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform, fine-line texture. 3. Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating float-finished concrete surface 1/16 to 1/8 inch deep with a stiff-bristled broom, perpendicular to line of traffic. C. Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Before final floating, spread slip-resistive aggregate finish on pavement surface according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Cure concrete with curing compound recommended by slip-resistive aggregate manufacturer. Apply curing compound immediately after final finishing. 2. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or abrasive stone and water to expose nonslip aggregate CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B. Comply with ACI for cold-weather protection. C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface PAVEMENT TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows: 1. Elevation: 1/4 inch. 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. 3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/4 inch. 4. Joint Spacing: 3 inches. 5. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 6. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

154 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Paving 3.14 PAVEMENT MARKING A. Allow concrete pavement to cure for 28 days and be dry before starting pavement marking. B. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. C. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce pavement markings of dimensions indicated with uniform, straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils WHEEL STOPS A. Securely attach wheel stops into pavement with not less than two galvanized steel dowels embedded in holes drilled or cast into wheel stops at one-quarter to one-third points. Firmly bond each dowel to wheel stop and to pavement. Securely install dowels into pavement and bond to wheel stop. Recess head of dowel beneath top of wheel stop REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. B. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. C. Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for substantial completion inspections. END OF SECTION CONCRETE PAVING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Project of 8 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321313_Concrete Paving.docx May 2016

155 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. B. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS (AASHTO) 1. AASHTO M 182 (2005) Standard Specification for Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf and Cotton Mats C. ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) 1. ASTM A 185/A 185M (2006; E 2006) Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete 2. ASTM A 615/A 615M (2006a) Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 3. ASTM C 143/C 143M (2005a) Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete 4. ASTM C 171 (2003) Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete 5. ASTM C 172 (2004) Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete 6. ASTM C 173/C 173M (2001e1) Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method 7. ASTM C 231 (2004) Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 8. ASTM C 309 (2006) Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 9. ASTM C 31/C 31M (2006) Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 10. ASTM C 920 (2005) Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 11. ASTM D 1751 (2004) Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 12. ASTM D 1752 (2004a) Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion 13. ASTM D 5893 (2004) Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements D. St. Louis County Department of Transportation 1. Design Criteria for the Preparation of Improvement Plans. 2. Department of Transportation Standard Drawings 3. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section Submittal Procedures: 1. SD-03 Product Data a. Concrete 1. Copies of certified delivery tickets for all concrete used in the construction. 2. SD-06 Test Reports a. Field Quality Control 1. Copies of all test reports within 24 hours of completion of the test. 1.3 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Placing During Cold Weather CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

156 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters 1. Concrete placement shall not take place when the air temperature reaches 40 degrees F and is falling, or is already below that point. Placement may begin when the air temperature reaches 35 degrees F and is rising, or is already above 40 degrees F. Provisions shall be made to protect the concrete from freezing during the specified curing period. If necessary to place concrete when the temperature of the air, aggregates, or water is below 35 degrees F, placement and protection shall be approved in writing. Approval will be contingent upon full conformance with the following provisions. The underlying material shall be prepared and protected so that it is entirely free of frost when the concrete is deposited. Mixing water and aggregates shall be heated as necessary to result in the temperature of the in-place concrete being between 50 and 85 degrees F. Methods and equipment for heating shall be approved. The aggregates shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. Covering and other means shall be provided for maintaining the concrete at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F for not less than 72 hours after placing, and at a temperature above freezing for the remainder of the curing period. B. Placing During Warm Weather 1. The temperature of the concrete as placed shall not exceed 85 degrees F except where an approved retarder is used. The mixing water and/or aggregates shall be cooled, if necessary, to maintain a satisfactory placing temperature. The placing temperature shall not exceed 95 degrees F at any time. 1.4 PLANT, EQUIPMENT, MACHINES, AND TOOLS A. General Requirements 1. Plant, equipment, machines, and tools used in the work shall be subject to approval and shall be maintained in a satisfactory working condition at all times. The equipment shall have the capability of producing the required product, meeting grade controls, thickness control and smoothness requirements as specified. Use of the equipment shall be discontinued if it produces unsatisfactory results. The Engineer shall have access at all times to the plant and equipment to ensure proper operation and compliance with specifications. B. Slip Form Equipment 1. Slip form paver or curb forming machine, will be approved based on trial use on the job and shall be selfpropelled, automatically controlled, crawler mounted, and capable of spreading, consolidating, and shaping the plastic concrete to the desired cross section in 1 pass. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall conform to Section 502 Portland Cement Concrete Pavement of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, except as otherwise specified. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength (flexural strength) of 3500 psi at 28 days. Maximum size of aggregate shall be 1½ inches. B. Air Content 1. Mixtures shall have air content by volume of concrete of 5 to 8 percent, based on measurements made immediately after discharge from the mixer. C. Slump 1. The concrete slump shall be 2-4 inches where determined in accordance with ASTM C 143/C 143M. Slump for slip forming shall be ½ to 1½ inches. D. Reinforcement Steel 1. Reinforcement bars shall conform to ASTM A 615/A 615M. Wire mesh reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 185/A 185M. 2.2 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Impervious Sheet Materials 1. Impervious sheet materials shall conform to ASTM C 171, type optional, except that polyethylene film, if used, shall be white opaque. B. Burlap 1. Burlap shall conform to AASHTO M CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

157 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters C. White Pigmented Membrane-Forming Curing Compound 1. White pigmented membrane-forming curing compound shall conform to ASTM C 309, Type CONCRETE PROTECTION MATERIALS A. Concrete protection materials shall be a linseed oil mixture of equal parts, by volume, of linseed oil and either mineral spirits, naphtha, or turpentine. At the option of the Contractor, commercially prepared linseed oil mixtures, formulated specifically for application to concrete to provide protection against the action of deicing chemicals may be used, except that emulsified mixtures are not acceptable. 2.4 JOINT FILLER STRIPS A. Contraction Joint Filler for Curb and Gutter 1. Contraction joint filler for curb and gutter shall consist of hard-pressed fiberboard. B. Expansion Joint Filler, Premolded 1. Expansion joint filler, premolded, shall conform to ASTM D 1751 or ASTM D 1752, ½ inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 JOINT SEALANTS A. Joint sealant, cold-applied shall conform to ASTM C 920 or ASTM D FORM WORK A. Form work shall be designed and constructed to ensure that the finished concrete will conform accurately to the indicated dimensions, lines, and elevations, and within the tolerances specified. Forms shall be of wood or steel, straight, of sufficient strength to resist springing during depositing and consolidating concrete. Wood forms shall be surfaced plank, 2 inches nominal thickness, straight and free from warp, twist, loose knots, splits or other defects. Wood forms shall have a nominal length of 10 feet. Radius bends may be formed with 3/4 inch boards, laminated to the required thickness. Steel forms shall be channel-formed sections with a flat top surface and with welded braces at each end and at not less than two intermediate points. Ends of steel forms shall be interlocking and self-aligning. Steel forms shall include flexible forms for radius forming, corner forms, form spreaders, and fillers. Steel forms shall have a nominal length of 10 feet with a minimum of 3 welded stake pockets per form. Stake pins shall be solid steel rods with chamfered heads and pointed tips designed for use with steel forms. B. Sidewalk Forms 1. Sidewalk forms shall be of a height equal to the full depth of the finished sidewalk. C. Curb and Gutter Forms 1. Curb and gutter outside forms shall have a height equal to the full depth of the curb or gutter. The inside form of curb shall have batter as indicated and shall be securely fastened to and supported by the outside form. Rigid forms shall be provided for curb returns, except that benders or thin plank forms may be used for curb or curb returns with a radius of 10 feet or more, where grade changes occur in the return, or where the central angle is such that a rigid form with a central angle of 90 degrees cannot be used. Back forms for curb returns may be made of 1½ inch benders, for the full height of the curb, cleated together. In lieu of inside forms for curbs, a curb "mule" may be used for forming and finishing this surface, provided the results are approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. The subgrade shall be constructed to the specified grade and cross section prior to concrete placement. Subgrade shall be placed and compacted in conformance with Section 209 Subgrade Preparation of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

158 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters B. Sidewalk Subgrade 1. Sidewalk subgrade shall conform to the requirements of Section 209 Subgrade Preparation of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. The subgrade shall be tested for grade and cross section with a template extending the full width of the sidewalk and supported between side forms. C. Curb and Gutter Subgrade 1. Curb and gutter subgrade shall conform to the requirements of Section 209 Subgrade Preparation of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. The subgrade shall be tested for grade and cross section by means of a template extending the full width of the curb and gutter. The subgrade shall be of materials equal in bearing quality to the subgrade under the adjacent pavement. D. Maintenance of Subgrade 1. The subgrade shall be maintained in a smooth, compacted condition in conformity with the required section and established grade until the concrete is placed. The subgrade shall be in a moist condition when concrete is placed. The subgrade shall be prepared and protected to produce a subgrade free from frost when the concrete is deposited. 3.2 FORM SETTING A. Forms shall be set to the indicated alignment, grade and dimensions. Forms shall be held rigidly in place by a minimum of 3 stakes per form placed at intervals not to exceed 4 feet. Corners, deep sections, and radius bends shall have additional stakes and braces, as required. Clamps, spreaders, and braces shall be used where required to ensure rigidity in the forms. Forms shall be removed without injuring the concrete. Bars or heavy tools shall not be used against the concrete in removing the forms. Any concrete found defective after form removal shall be promptly and satisfactorily repaired. Forms shall be cleaned and coated with form oil each time before concrete is placed. Wood forms may, instead, be thoroughly wetted with water before concrete is placed, except that with probable freezing temperatures, oiling is mandatory. B. Sidewalks 1. Forms for sidewalks shall be set with the upper edge true to line and grade with an allowable tolerance of 1/8 inch in any 10 foot long section. After forms are set, grade and alignment shall be checked with a 10 foot straightedge. Forms shall have a transverse slope of ¼ inch per foot with the low side adjacent to the roadway. Side forms shall not be removed for 12 hours after finishing has been completed. C. Curbs and Gutters 1. The forms of the front of the curb shall be removed not less than 2 hours nor more than 6 hours after the concrete has been placed. Forms back of curb shall remain in place until the face and top of the curb have been finished, as specified for concrete finishing. Gutter forms shall not be removed while the concrete is sufficiently plastic to slump in any direction. 3.3 SIDEWALK CONCRETE PLACEMENT AND FINISHING A. Formed Sidewalks 1. Concrete shall be placed in the forms in one layer. When consolidated and finished, the sidewalks shall be of the thickness indicated. After concrete has been placed in the forms, a strike-off guided by side forms shall be used to bring the surface to proper section to be compacted. The concrete shall be consolidated with an approved vibrator, and the surface shall be finished to grade with a strike off. B. Concrete Finishing 1. After straightedging, when most of the water sheen has disappeared, and just before the concrete hardens, the surface shall be finished with a wood float or darby to a smooth and uniformly fine granular or sandy texture free of waves, irregularities, or tool marks. A scored surface shall be produced by brooming with a fiber-bristle brush in a direction transverse to that of the traffic, followed by edging CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

159 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters C. Edge and Joint Finishing 1. All slab edges, including those at formed joints, shall be finished with an edger having a radius of 1/8 inch. Transverse joint shall be edged before brooming, and the brooming shall eliminate the flat surface left by the surface face of the edger. Corners and edges which have crumbled and areas which lack sufficient mortar for proper finishing shall be cleaned and filled solidly with a properly proportioned mortar mixture and then finished. D. Surface and Thickness Tolerances 1. Finished surfaces shall not vary more than 5/16 inch from the testing edge of a 10-foot straightedge. Permissible deficiency in section thickness will be up to ¼ inch. 3.4 CURB AND GUTTER CONCRETE PLACEMENT AND FINISHING A. Formed Curb and Gutter 1. Concrete shall be placed to the section required in a single lift. Consolidation shall be achieved by using approved mechanical vibrators. Curve shaped gutters shall be finished with a standard curb "mule". B. Curb and Gutter Finishing 1. Approved slipformed curb and gutter machines may be used in lieu of hand placement. C. Concrete Finishing 1. Exposed surfaces shall be floated and finished with a smooth wood float until true to grade and section and uniform in texture. Floated surfaces shall then be brushed with a fine-hair brush with longitudinal strokes. The edges of the gutter and top of the curb shall be rounded with an edging tool to a radius of ½ inch. Immediately after removing the front curb form, the face of the curb shall be rubbed with a wood or concrete rubbing block and water until blemishes, form marks, and tool marks have been removed. The front curb surface, while still wet, shall be brushed in the same manner as the gutter and curb top. The top surface of gutter and entrance shall be finished to grade with a wood float. D. Joint Finishing 1. Curb edges at formed joints shall be finished as indicated. E. Surface and Thickness Tolerances 1. Finished surfaces shall not vary more than ¼ inch from the testing edge of a 10-foot straightedge. Permissible deficiency in section thickness will be up to ¼ inch. 3.5 SIDEWALK JOINTS A. Sidewalk joints shall be constructed to divide the surface into rectangular areas. Transverse contraction joints shall be spaced at a distance equal to the sidewalk width or 5 feet on centers, whichever is less, and shall be continuous across the slab. Longitudinal contraction joints shall be constructed along the centerline of all sidewalks 10 feet or more in width. Transverse expansion joints shall be installed at sidewalk returns and opposite expansion joints in adjoining curbs. Where the sidewalk is not in contact with the curb, transverse expansion joints shall be installed as indicated. Expansion joints shall be formed about structures and features which project through or into the sidewalk pavement, using joint filler of the type, thickness, and width indicated. Expansion joints are not required between sidewalks and curb that abut the sidewalk longitudinally. B. Sidewalk Contraction Joints 1. The contraction joints shall be formed in the fresh concrete by cutting a groove in the top portion of the slab to a depth of at least one-fourth of the sidewalk slab thickness, using a jointer to cut the groove, or by sawing a groove in the hardened concrete with a power-driven saw, unless otherwise approved. Sawed joints shall be constructed by sawing a groove in the concrete with a 1/8 inch blade to the depth indicated. An ample supply of saw blades shall be available on the job before concrete placement is started, and at least one standby sawing unit in good working order shall be available at the jobsite at all times during the sawing operations. C. Sidewalk Expansion Joints 1. Expansion joints shall be formed with ½ inch joint filler strips. Joint filler in expansion joints surrounding structures and features within the sidewalk may consist of preformed filler material conforming to ASTM D 1752 or building paper. Joint filler shall be held in place with steel pins or other devices to prevent warping CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

160 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters of the filler during floating and finishing. Immediately after finishing operations are completed, joint edges shall be rounded with an edging tool having a radius of 1/8 inch, and concrete over the joint filler shall be removed. At the end of the curing period, expansion joints shall be cleaned and filled with cold-applied joint sealant. Joint sealant shall be gray or stone in color. The joint opening shall be thoroughly cleaned before the sealing material is placed. Sealing material shall not be spilled on exposed surfaces of the concrete. Concrete at the joint shall be surface dry and atmospheric and concrete temperatures shall be above 50 degrees F at the time of application of joint sealing material. Excess material on exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be removed immediately and concrete surfaces cleaned. D. Reinforcement Steel Placement 1. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately and securely fastened in place with suitable supports and ties before the concrete is placed. 3.6 CURB AND GUTTER JOINTS A. Curb and gutter joints shall be constructed at right angles to the line of curb and gutter. B. Contraction Joints 1. Contraction joints shall be constructed directly opposite contraction joints in abutting portland cement concrete pavements and spaced so that monolithic sections between curb returns will not be less than 5 feet nor greater than 15 feet in length. 2. Contraction joints (except for slip forming) shall be constructed by means of 1/8 inch thick separators and of a section conforming to the cross section of the curb and gutter. Separators shall be removed as soon as practicable after concrete has set sufficiently to preserve the width and shape of the joint and prior to finishing. 3. When slip forming is used, the contraction joints shall be cut in the top portion of the gutter/curb hardened concrete in a continuous cut across the curb and gutter, using a power-driven saw. The depth of cut shall be at least one-fourth of the gutter/curb depth and 1/8 inch in width. C. Expansion Joints 1. Expansion joints shall be formed by means of preformed expansion joint filler material cut and shaped to the cross section of curb and gutter. Expansion joints shall be provided in curb and gutter directly opposite expansion joints of abutting portland cement concrete pavement, and shall be of the same type and thickness as joints in the pavement. Where curb and gutter do not abut portland cement concrete pavement, expansion joints at least ½ inch in width shall be provided at intervals not less than 30 feet nor greater than 120 feet. Expansion joints shall be provided in nonreinforced concrete gutter at locations indicated. Expansion joints shall be sealed immediately following curing of the concrete or as soon thereafter as weather conditions permit. Expansion joints and the top 1 inch depth of curb and gutter contraction-joints shall be sealed with joint sealant. The joint opening shall be thoroughly cleaned before the sealing material is placed. Sealing material shall not be spilled on exposed surfaces of the concrete. Concrete at the joint shall be surface dry and atmospheric and concrete temperatures shall be above 50 degrees F at the time of application of joint sealing material. Excess material on exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be removed immediately and concrete surfaces cleaned. 3.7 CURING AND PROTECTION A. General Requirements 1. Concrete shall be protected against loss of moisture and rapid temperature changes for at least 7 days from the beginning of the curing operation. Unhardened concrete shall be protected from rain and flowing water. All equipment needed for adequate curing and protection of the concrete shall be on hand and ready for use before actual concrete placement begins. Protection shall be provided as necessary to prevent cracking of the pavement due to temperature changes during the curing period. 2. Mat Method a. The entire exposed surface shall be covered with 2 or more layers of burlap. Mats shall overlap each other at least 6 inches. The mat shall be thoroughly wetted with water prior to placing on concrete surface and shall be kept continuously in a saturated condition and in intimate contact with concrete for not less than 7 days CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

161 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters 3. Impervious Sheeting Method a. The entire exposed surface shall be wetted with a fine spray of water and then covered with impervious sheeting material. Sheets shall be laid directly on the concrete surface with the light-colored side up and overlapped 12 inches when a continuous sheet is not used. The curing medium shall not be less than 18 inches wider than the concrete surface to be cured, and shall be securely weighted down by heavy wood planks, or a bank of moist earth placed along edges and laps in the sheets. Sheets shall be satisfactorily repaired or replaced if torn or otherwise damaged during curing. The curing medium shall remain on the concrete surface to be cured for not less than 7 days. 4. Membrane Curing Method a. A uniform coating of white-pigmented membrane-curing compound shall be applied to the entire exposed surface of the concrete as soon after finishing as the free water has disappeared from the finished surface. Formed surfaces shall be coated immediately after the forms are removed and in no case longer than 1 hour after the removal of forms. Concrete shall not be allowed to dry before the application of the membrane. If any drying has occurred, the surface of the concrete shall be moistened with a fine spray of water and the curing compound applied as soon as the free water disappears. Curing compound shall be applied in two coats by hand-operated pressure sprayers at a coverage of approximately 200 square feet/gallon for the total of both coats. The second coat shall be applied in a direction approximately at right angles to the direction of application of the first coat. The compound shall form a uniform, continuous, coherent film that will not check, crack, or peel and shall be free from pinholes or other imperfections. If pinholes, abrasion, or other discontinuities exist, an additional coat shall be applied to the affected areas within 30 minutes. Concrete surfaces that are subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after the curing compound has been applied shall be resprayed by the method and at the coverage specified above. Areas where the curing compound is damaged by subsequent construction operations within the curing period shall be resprayed. Necessary precautions shall be taken to insure that the concrete is properly cured at sawed joints, and that no curing compound enters the joints. The top of the joint opening and the joint groove at exposed edges shall be tightly sealed before the concrete in the region of the joint is resprayed with curing compound. The method used for sealing the joint groove shall prevent loss of moisture from the joint during the entire specified curing period. Approved standby facilities for curing concrete pavement shall be provided at a location accessible to the jobsite for use in the event of mechanical failure of the spraying equipment or other conditions that might prevent correct application of the membrane-curing compound at the proper time. Concrete surfaces to which membrane-curing compounds have been applied shall be adequately protected during the entire curing period from pedestrian and vehicular traffic, except as required for joint-sawing operations and surface tests, and from any other possible damage to the continuity of the membrane. B. Backfilling 1. After curing, debris shall be removed and the area adjoining the concrete shall be backfilled, graded, and compacted to conform to the surrounding area in accordance with lines and grades indicated. C. Protection 1. Completed concrete shall be protected from damage until accepted. The Contractor shall repair damaged concrete and clean concrete discolored during construction. Concrete that is damaged shall be removed and reconstructed for the entire length between regularly scheduled joints. Refinishing the damaged portion will not be acceptable. Removed damaged portions shall be disposed of as directed. D. Protective Coating 1. Protective coating, of linseed oil mixture, shall be applied to the exposed-to-view concrete surface after the curing period, if concrete will be exposed to de-icing chemicals within 6 weeks after placement. Concrete to receive a protective coating shall be moist cured. 2. Application a. Curing and backfilling operation shall be completed prior to applying two coats of protective coating. Concrete shall be surface dry and clean before each application. Coverage shall be by spray application at not more than 50 square yards/gallon for first application and not more than 70 square yards/gallon for second application, except that the number of applications and coverage for each application for commercially prepared mixture shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Coated surfaces shall be protected from vehicular and pedestrian traffic until dry CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

162 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters 3. Precautions a. Protective coating shall not be heated by direct application of flame or electrical heaters and shall be protected from exposure to open flame, sparks, and fire adjacent to open containers or applicators. Material shall not be applied at ambient or material temperatures lower than 50 degrees F. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General Requirements 1. The Contractor shall perform the inspection and tests described and meet the specified requirements for inspection details and frequency of testing. Based upon the results of these inspections and tests, the Contractor shall take the action and submit reports as required below, and any additional tests to insure that the requirements of these specifications are met. B. Concrete Testing 1. Strength Testing a. The Contractor shall provide molded concrete specimens for strength tests. Samples of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less than once a day nor less than once for every 250 cubic yards of concrete. The samples for strength tests shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. Cylinders for acceptance shall be molded in conformance with ASTM C 31/C 31M by an approved testing laboratory. Each strength test result shall be the average of 2 test cylinders from the same concrete sample tested at 28 days, unless otherwise specified or approved. Concrete specified on the basis of compressive strength will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified strength, and no individual strength test result falls below the specified strength by more than 500 psi. 2. Air Content a. Air content shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C 173/C 173M or ASTM C 231. ASTM C 231 shall be used with concretes and mortars made with relatively dense natural aggregates. Two tests for air content shall be made on randomly selected batches of each class of concrete placed during each shift. Additional tests shall be made when excessive variation in concrete workability is reported by the placing foreman or the owner s inspector. If results are out of tolerance, the placing foreman shall be notified and he shall take appropriate action to have the air content corrected at the plant. Additional tests for air content will be performed on each truckload of material until such time as the air content is within the tolerance specified. 3. Slump Test a. Two slump tests shall be made on randomly selected batches of each class of concrete for every 250 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of concrete placed during each shift. Additional tests shall be performed when excessive variation in the workability of the concrete is noted or when excessive crumbling or slumping is noted along the edges of slip-formed concrete. C. Thickness Evaluation 1. The anticipated thickness of the concrete shall be determined prior to placement by passing a template through the formed section or by measuring the depth of opening of the extrusion template of the curb forming machine. If a slip form paver is used for sidewalk placement, the subgrade shall be true to grade prior to concrete placement and the thickness will be determined by measuring each edge of the completed slab. D. Surface Evaluation 1. The finished surface of each category of the completed work shall be uniform in color and free of blemishes and form or tool marks. 3.9 SURFACE DEFICIENCIES AND CORRECTIONS A. Thickness Deficiency 1. When measurements indicate that the completed concrete section is deficient in thickness by more than ¼ inch the deficient section will be removed, between regularly scheduled joints, and replaced. B. High Areas 1. In areas not meeting surface smoothness and plan grade requirements, high areas shall be reduced either by rubbing the freshly finished concrete with carborundum brick and water when the concrete is less than 36 hours old or by grinding the hardened concrete with an approved surface grinding machine after the CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

163 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Concrete Sidewalks and Curbs and Gutters concrete is 36 hours old or more. The area corrected by grinding the surface of the hardened concrete shall not exceed 5 percent of the area of any integral slab, and the depth of grinding shall not exceed ¼ inch. Pavement areas requiring grade or surface smoothness corrections in excess of the limits specified above shall be removed and replaced. C. Appearance 1. Exposed surfaces of the finished work will be inspected by the engineer and any deficiencies in appearance will be identified. Areas which exhibit excessive cracking, discoloration, form marks, or tool marks or which are otherwise inconsistent with the overall appearances of the work shall be removed and replaced. END OF SECTION CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURBS AND GUTTERS 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 9 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\321613_Concrete Sidewalk and Curbs and Gutters.docx May 2016

164 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Seeding PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK A. The work required by this Specification Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, means, methods, procedures, safety programs, safety devices, and testing of seed, fertilizer, and erosion control methods to furnish, transport, and place seed and other materials required in the seeding operation in areas affected by the construction of this project. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specifications throughout all Divisions of the Contract are directly applicable to this Section, and this Section is directly applicable to them. 1.3 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. All work, installation, materials, procedures, and testing shall be in conformance with the Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities, latest edition, by the Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District and the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, by St. Louis County Department of Transportation and all subsequent supplements to this document. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. St. Louis County Department of Transportation 1. Design Criteria for the Preparation of Improvement Plans. 2. Department of Transportation Standard Drawings 3. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction B. Metropolitan St. Louis Sewer District (MSD) 1. Standard Construction Specifications for Sewer and Drainage Facilities C. Standards: 1. MSD s Sediment and Erosion Control Manual 2. AASHTO - American Association of Safety and Highway Transportation Officials 3. All Municipal, County, State, and Federal jurisdiction s ordinances, regulations, statutes, and laws. 1.5 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. 1. ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials International 2. USDA - U.S. Department of Agriculture B. ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) 1. ASTM C 602 (2007) Agricultural Liming Materials 2. ASTM D 4427 (2007) Peat Samples by Laboratory Testing 3. ASTM D 4972 (2001; R 2007) ph of Soils C. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (USDA) 1. AMS Seed Act (1940; R 1988; R 1998) Federal Seed Act 2. DOA SSIR 42 (1996) Soil Survey Investigation Report No. 42, Soil Survey Laboratory Methods Manual, Version SEEDING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\329223_Seeding.docx May 2016

165 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Seeding 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Stand of Turf percent ground cover of the established species. 1.7 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section Earthwork applies to this section for pesticide use and plant establishment requirements, with additions and modifications herein. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section Submittal Procedures: 1. SD-03 Product Data a. Fertilizer b. Include physical characteristics, and recommendations 2. SD-07 Certificates a. State certification and approval for seed 3. SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions a. Erosion Control Materials 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery 1. Seed Protection a. Protect from drying out and from contamination during delivery, on-site storage, and handling. 2. Fertilizer and Lime Delivery a. Deliver to the site in original, unopened containers bearing manufacturer's chemical analysis, name, trade name, trademark, and indication of conformance to state and federal laws. Instead of containers, fertilizer may be furnished in bulk with certificate indicating the above information. B. Storage 1. Seed, Fertilizer and Lime Storage a. Store in cool, dry locations away from contaminants. 2. Topsoil a. Prior to stockpiling topsoil, treat growing vegetation with application of appropriate specified nonselective herbicide. Clear and grub existing vegetation three to four weeks prior to stockpiling topsoil. 3. Handling a. Do not drop or dump materials from vehicles TIME RESTRICTIONS AND PLANTING CONDITIONS A. Restrictions 1. Do not plant when the ground is frozen, snow covered, muddy, or when air temperature exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit TIME LIMITATIONS A. Seed 1. Apply seed within twenty four hours after seed bed preparation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED A. Classification SEEDING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\329223_Seeding.docx May 2016

166 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Seeding 1. The areas to receive seeding shall be seeded as specified in Section 805 Seeding of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. Provide seed of the latest season's crop delivered in original sealed packages, bearing producer's guaranteed analysis for percentages of mixtures, purity, germination, weed seed content, and inert material. Label in conformance with AMS Seed Act and Missouri Seed Law. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will be rejected. B. Planting Dates and Seed Purity 1. To be approved by the Engineer prior to seeding. C. Permanent Seed Mixture Variety Coverage Adventure Fescue 20% Jaguar II Fescue 20% Olympic Fescue 20% Arid Fescue 20% Regal Perennial 20% Apply at the rate of 350 pounds per acre. D. Proportion seed mixtures by percent weight as indicated above. Final seed mixture to be approved by the Engineer prior to seeding. Temporary seeding must later be replaced by Permanent Seed Mixture plantings for a permanent stand of grass. The same requirements of turf establishment for Permanent Seed Mixture apply for temporary seeding. 2.2 TOPSOIL A. On-Site Topsoil 1. Surface soil stripped and stockpiled on site and modified as necessary to meet the requirements specified for topsoil in paragraph entitled "Composition." When available topsoil shall be existing surface soil stripped and stockpiled on-site in accordance with Section Earthwork. B. Off-Site Topsoil 1. Conform to requirements specified in paragraph entitled "Composition." Additional topsoil shall be furnished by the Contractor or obtained from topsoil borrow areas indicated. C. Composition 1. Containing from 5 to 10 percent organic matter as determined by the topsoil composition tests of the Organic Carbon, 6A, Chemical Analysis Method described in DOA SSIR 42. Maximum particle size, 3/4 inch, with maximum 3 percent retained on 1/4 inch screen. The ph shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D Topsoil shall be free of sticks, stones, roots, and other debris and objectionable materials. Other components shall conform to the following limits: Silt Clay Sand 50 percent maximum 25 percent maximum 65 percent maximum 2.3 SOIL CONDITIONERS A. Add conditioners to topsoil as required to bring into compliance with "composition" standard for topsoil as specified herein. B. Lime 1. Lime shall conform to Section 801 Lime and Fertilizing of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. Ground dolomitic limestone not less than 85 percent total carbonates and magnesium, ground so that 50 percent passes 100-mesh sieve and 90 percent 20-mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable SEEDING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\329223_Seeding.docx May 2016

167 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Seeding provided the specified rates of application are increased proportionately on the basis of quantities passing the 100-mesh sieve. 3. Apply at a rate determined by the County of State Soil Testing Service. 2.4 FERTILIZER A. Fertilizer 1. Fertilizer shall conform to Section 801 Lime and Fertilizing of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. 2. Commercial Fertilizer: Fertilizer shall be standard commercial grade, uniform in composition, free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment, delivered to the site in bags or other convenient containers each fully labeled, conforming to State Laws. Fertilizer shall be applied as follows: 6 percent available nitrogen 24 percent available phosphoric acid 24 percent available potash 3. Superphospate: Ammonium phosphate ( ) containing 1.4 percent Sulphur; granular, dry, free-flowing delivered in original bags. 4. Apply at a rate of 50 lbs. /5,000 sq. ft. or as determined by the County of State Soil Testing Service. 2.5 MULCH A. Mulch shall be free from noxious weeds, mold, and other deleterious materials. B. Mulch material shall conform to Section 802 Mulching of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. Mulch material for seeding and planting shall be non-toxic to vegetation and to the germination of seed and shall be approved by the engineer. Mulch materials shall be free from noxious weeds and weed seeds. C. Straw Mulch 1. Use stalks from oats, wheat, or rye. Furnish in air-dry condition and of proper consistency for placing with commercial mulch blowing equipment. Straw shall contain no fertile seed. 2.6 WATER A. Source of water shall be approved by Engineer and of suitable quality for irrigation, containing no elements toxic to plant life. 2.7 EROSION CONTROL MATERIALS A. Erosion control material shall conform to the following: 1. Erosion Control Blanket a. 100 percent agricultural straw or 70 percent agricultural staw/30 percent coconut fiber matrix stitched with a degradable nettings, designed to degrade within 12 months. 2. Erosion Control Fabric a. Fabric shall be knitted construction of polypropylene yarn with uniform mesh openings 3/4 to 1 inch square with strips of biodegradable paper. Filler paper strips shall have a minimum life of 6 months. 3. Erosion Control Net a. Net shall be heavy, twisted jute mesh, weighing approximately 605 grams per meter (1.22 pounds per linear yard) and 4 feet wide with mesh openings of approximately 1 inch square. 4. Hydrophilic Colloids a. Hydrophilic colloids shall be physiologically harmless to plant and animal life without phytotoxic agents. Colloids shall be naturally occurring, silicate powder based, and shall form a water insoluble membrane after curing. Colloids shall resist mold growth. 5. Erosion Control Material Anchors a. Erosion control anchors shall be as recommended by the manufacturer SEEDING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\329223_Seeding.docx May 2016

168 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Seeding PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SEEDING A. Seeding and strawing shall be undertaken in all areas disturbed by construction of this project. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Extent of Work 1. Provide soil preparation (including soil conditioners as required), fertilizing, seeding, and surface topdressing of all newly graded finished earth surfaces, unless indicated otherwise, and at all areas inside or outside the limits of construction that are disturbed by the Contractor's operations. 2. For bare earth seeding, seed bed preparation shall not be started until all stones, boulders, debris, and similar material larger than 3 in. in diameter have been removed. The area to be seeded shall be worked to a minimum depth of 4 in. with a disk tiller or other equipment approved by the engineer, reducing all soil particles to a size not larger than 2 in. in the largest dimension. The prepared surface shall be relatively free from weeds, clods, stones, roots, sticks, rivulets, gullies, crusting, and caking. a. Topsoil 1. Provide 4 inches of topsoil to meet indicated finish grade. After areas have been brought to indicated finish grade, incorporate fertilizer into soil a minimum depth of 4 inches by disking, harrowing, tilling or other method approved by the Engineer. Remove debris and stones larger than 3/4 inch in any dimension remaining on the surface after finish grading. Correct irregularities in finish surfaces to eliminate depressions. Protect finished topsoil areas from damage by vehicular or pedestrian traffic. b. Lime and Fertilizer Application Rates 1. Apply lime and fertilizer at rates determined by the County of State Soil Testing Service. Testing frequency shall be one test per 200 cubic yards of used topsoil. 3.3 SEEDING A. Seed Application Seasons and Conditions 1. Immediately before seeding, restore soil to proper grade. Do not seed when ground is muddy frozen, snow covered or in an unsatisfactory condition for seeding. If special conditions exist that may warrant a variance in the above seeding dates or conditions, submit a written request to the Engineer stating the special conditions and proposed variance. Apply seed within twenty four hours after seedbed preparation. Sow seed by approved sowing equipment. Sow one-half the seed in one direction, and sow remainder at right angles to the first sowing. B. Seed Application Method 1. Seeding method shall conform to Section Seeding of the St. Louis County Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. C. Mulching 1. Within 24 hours from the time seeding has been performed, the seeded area shall be given a covering of mulch. Mulch shall be applied by hand or machine and shall be loose enough to permit air to circulate, but compact enough to reduce erosion. If baled mulch material is used, care shall be taken that the material is in a loosened condition and contains no lumps or knots of compacted material. Mulch shall be replaced by the contractor as necessary until a vigorous permanent stand of grass is established to prevent erosion. 2. Following the mulching operation, foot and vehicular traffic, or the movement of equipment over the mulched area shall be prohibited. At any location where mulching has been displaced by any contractor's equipment or personnel, the seeding and mulch or other work damaged as a result of that displacement shall be repaired or replaced immediately at the contractor's expense, in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. 3. Hay or Straw Mulch a. Hay or straw mulch shall be spread uniformly at the rate of 2 tons per acre. Mulch shall be spread by hand, blower-type mulch spreader, or other approved method. Mulching shall be started on the windward side of relatively flat areas or on the upper part of steep slopes, and continued uniformly until the area is covered. The mulch shall not be bunched or clumped. Sunlight shall not be completely excluded from penetrating to the ground surface. All areas installed with seed shall be mulched on the same day as the seeding. Mulch shall be anchored immediately following spreading SEEDING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\329223_Seeding.docx May 2016

169 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Section Seeding 4. Mechanical Anchor a. Mechanical anchor shall be a V-type-wheel land packer; a scalloped-disk land packer designed to force mulch into the soil surface; or other suitable equipment. 5. Asphalt Adhesive Tackifier a. Asphalt adhesive tackifier shall be sprayed at a rate between 10 to 13 gallons per 1000 square feet. Sunlight shall not be completely excluded from penetrating to the ground surface. 6. Non-Asphaltic Tackifier a. Hydrophilic colloid shall be applied at the rate recommended by the manufacturer, using hydraulic equipment suitable for thoroughly mixing with water. A uniform mixture shall be applied over the area. 7. Asphalt Adhesive Coated Mulch a. Hay or straw mulch may be spread simultaneously with asphalt adhesive applied at a rate between 10 to 13 gallons per 1000 square feet, using power mulch equipment which shall be equipped with suitable asphalt pump and nozzle. The adhesive-coated mulch shall be applied evenly over the surface. Sunlight shall not be completely excluded from penetrating to the ground surface. D. Rolling 1. Immediately after seeding, firm entire area except for slopes in excess of 3 to 1 with a roller not exceeding 90 pounds for each foot of roller width, when rolling is required by Section 805. E. Erosion Control Material 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, where indicated or as directed by the Engineer. F. Watering 1. Start watering areas seeded as required by temperature and wind conditions. Apply water at a rate sufficient to insure thorough wetting of soil to a depth of 2 inches without run off. During the germination process, seed is to be kept actively growing and not allowed to dry out. 3.4 PROTECTION OF TURF AREAS A. Immediately after turfing, protect area against traffic and other use. 3.5 RENOVATION OF EXISTING TURF AREA A. Overseeding B. Apply seed in accordance with applicable portions of paragraph entitled "Permanent Seed Mixture. 1. Restore to original condition existing turf areas which have been damaged during turf installation operations at the Contractor's expense. Keep clean at all times at least one paved pedestrian access route and one paved vehicular access route to each building. Clean other paving when work in adjacent areas is complete. END OF SECTION SEEDING 2016 Concrete Slab Replacement Program of 6 P:\160008\8 Specs & Cost Opinions\8.2 Specifications\Concrete Slab\Division 32\329223_Seeding.docx May 2016

170 DATE PREPARED PROJECT LOCATION MAP 04/2016 ROUTE STATE MO 2016 CONCRETE SLAB REPLACEMENT PROGRAM DISTRICT SL SHEET NO. 1 COUNTY ST. LOUIS JOB NO. GALLERIA PARKWAY CITY RICHMOND HEIGHTS SHEET NAME I-170 LOCATION MAP SHEET 1 OF 7 N.T.S. DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS ON THIS PAGE, AND DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO OR INTENDED TO BE USED FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. I-64 I-64 HANLEY ROAD DALE AVENUE LACLEDE STATION ROAD BRUNO AVENUE BREDELL AVENUE HIAWATHA AVE BIG BEND BOULEVARD DALE AVENUE HAWTHORNE PL REGIONAL OFFICE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A ST. LOUIS, MO TEL FAX LICENSE NO. PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS NC MISSOURI PROFESSIONAL ENGR. CORP. NC MISSOURI LAND SURVEYING CORP. LEGEND PAVEMENT IMPROVEMENTS SUTTON AVE BRUNO AVENUE DEL NORTE AVENUE THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN, INC. ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

171 DATE PREPARED 04/2016 ROUTE STATE * TYPICAL SECTION DETAILS NOT TO SCALE. EXIST. Ë 6" TYPE "A" VERTICAL CURB (INTEGRAL) (1) (INCIDENTAL TO CONCRETE DISTRICT SL MO SHEET NO. 2 LIMITS OF CONCRETE SLAB REPLACEMENT PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION) COUNTY ST. LOUIS STREET WIDTH VARIES SIDEWALK JOB NO. VARIES " TYPE "A" VERTICAL CURB (INTEGRAL) (1) (2) 2.0% CITY RICHMOND HEIGHTS (INCIDENTAL TO CONCRETE SHEET NAME PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION) 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK TYPICAL SECTIONS SHEET 2 OF 7 4" TYPE 5 AGGREGATE BASE (INCIDENTAL TO CONSTRUCTION) 7" CONCRETE PAVEMENT (NON-REINFORCED) (3) 4" TYPE 5 AGGREGATE BASE 4" TYPE 5 AGGREGATE BASE (INCIDENTAL TO CONSTRUCTION) DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS (INCIDENTAL TO CONSTRUCTION) ON THIS PAGE, AND DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTION SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR GALLERIA PARKWAY & SUTTON AVENUE (BASE BID) INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED SIDEWALK VARIES HIAWATHA AVENUE (ALTERNATE 1) BRUNO AVENUE (ALTERNATE 2) PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO OR INTENDED TO BE USED FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. VAR. (2) 2.0% AGGREGATE BASE NOTE: ALL AGGREGATE BASE IS CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL TO 6" CONCRETE PAVEMENT (NON-REINFORCED) EXIST. DRIVEWAY (UIP) THE CONSTRUCTION ITEM IT IS SUPPORTING. 4" TYPE 5 AGGREGATE BASE (INCIDENTAL TO CONSTRUCTION) VARIES (3' TYP.) RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCE WITH VERTICAL CURB SUTTON AVENUE, HIAWATHA AVENUE (ALTERNATE 1), & BRUNO AVENUE (ALTERNATE 2) FULL DEPTH SAW CUT NOTES: (1) SEE ST. LOUIS COUNTY STANDARD PLAN C FOR INTEGRAL CURB DETAILS. (2) SEE PLANS FOR SIDEWALK SECTIONS TO BE REMOVED & REPLACED. MAXIMUM CROSS SLOPE FOR ALL SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION IS 2.00%; SLOPED TOWARD STREET. PROVIDE FOR SIDEWALK JOINTS PER ST. LOUIS EXIST. CONCRETE PAVEMENT (UIP) #5 DOWEL AT 10" O.C. 18" LONG (9' EACH WAY) 7" CONCRETE PAVEMENT (NON-REINFORCED) 4" TYPE 5 AGGREGATE BASE (INCIDENTAL TO CONSTRUCTION) REGIONAL OFFICE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A ST. LOUIS, MO TEL FAX LICENSE NO. PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS NC MISSOURI PROFESSIONAL ENGR. CORP. NC MISSOURI LAND SURVEYING CORP. COUNTY STANDARD PLAN C (3) SEE ST. LOUIS COUNTY STANDARD PLANS C AND C FOR DOWEL BAR AND JOINT INFORMATION. (4) SEE PLANS FOR DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT SECTIONS. DRIVEWAYS TO BE INSTALLED PER ST. LOUIS COUNTY STANDARD PLAN C (RESIDENTAL ENTRANCE WITH VERTICAL CURB DETAIL). ALL AGGREGATE BASE IS CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL TO THE CONSTRUCTION ITEM IT IS SUPPORTING. CONCRETE JOINT REPAIR FULL DEPTH PAVEMENT REPAIR (LOCATIONS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER) THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN, INC. ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

172 DATE PREPARED 04/2016 ROUTE STATE MO DISTRICT SL SHEET NO. 3 COUNTY SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES 2016 CONCRETE SLAB REPLACEMENT PROGRAM ST. LOUIS JOB NO CITY RICHMOND HEIGHTS SHEET NAME QUANTITIES SHEET 3 OF 7 CONCRETE AGGREGATE CONCRETE CONCRETE DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON SHEET BEGINNING ENDING APPROX. APPROX. PAVEMENT BASE DRIVEWAY SIDEWALK ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS ON THIS PAGE, AND DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO NO. STREET STREET STREET LENGTH WIDTH 7 INCH 4 INCH 6 INCH 4 INCH SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR (FT) (FT) (SY) (SY) (SY) (SY) INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO OR INTENDED TO BE USED 4 GALLERIA PARKWAY METRO STATION I to FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. 5 SUTTON AVENUE BRUNO AVENUE CITY LIMITS LACLEDE STATION RD DALE AVENUE I-64 SEE LACLEDE STATION ROAD PLANS BASE BID TOTALS: ALTERNATE 1 6 HIAWATHA AVENUE ALTERNATE 2 BRUNO AVENUE 235' NORTH ALTERNATE 1 TOTALS: REGIONAL OFFICE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A ST. LOUIS, MO TEL FAX LICENSE NO. PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS NC MISSOURI PROFESSIONAL ENGR. CORP. NC MISSOURI LAND SURVEYING CORP. 7 BRUNO AVENUE DEL NORTE AVENUE SUTTON AVENUE ALTERNATE 2 TOTALS: THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN, INC. ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

173 DATE PREPARED 04/2016 ROUTE STATE MO DISTRICT SHEET NO. GALLERIA PARKWAY SL COUNTY 4 SITE MAP ST. LOUIS JOB NO CITY RICHMOND HEIGHTS SCALE SHEET NAME GALLERIA PARKWAY SHEET OF 7 I-170 END REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE PAVEMENT (FIRST JOINT UNDER BRIDGE) GALLERIA DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS ON THIS PAGE, AND DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO OR INTENDED TO BE USED FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. TRAFFIC SIGNAL DECT. LOOPS (2) PARKWAY RICHMOND HEIGHTS METROLINK STATION REMOVE MEDIAN AND APPURTENANCES (1) BEGIN REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE PAVEMENT REGIONAL OFFICE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A ST. LOUIS, MO TEL FAX LICENSE NO. PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS NC MISSOURI PROFESSIONAL ENGR. CORP. NC MISSOURI LAND SURVEYING CORP. LEGEND NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT NEW CONCRETE DRIVEWAY NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK NOTES: (1) REMOVE EXISTING MEDIAN AND REPLACE WITH CONCRETE PAVEMENT. ALL COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE COSTS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT. (2) THE EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL DETECTOR LOOPS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THIS PROJECT SHALL BE REMOVED AND NOT REPLACED, AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. ALL COSTS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE COSTS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT. THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN, INC. ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

174 DATE PREPARED 04/2016 ROUTE STATE MO DISTRICT SHEET NO. SUTTON AVENUE SL COUNTY 5 SITE MAP ST. LOUIS JOB NO CITY RICHMOND HEIGHTS GRAY AVE BRUNO AVENUE REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS (8' X 5') & SIDEWALK (8' X 4') SUTTON AVENUE BEGIN REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE PAVEMENT 0 50 SCALE SHEET NAME SUTTON AVENUE SHEET 5 OF 7 DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS ON THIS PAGE, AND DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO OR INTENDED TO BE USED FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. END REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE PAVEMENT RICHMOND PLACE REGIONAL OFFICE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A ST. LOUIS, MO TEL FAX LICENSE NO. PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS NC MISSOURI PROFESSIONAL ENGR. CORP. NC MISSOURI LAND SURVEYING CORP. LEGEND NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT NEW CONCRETE DRIVEWAY NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN, INC. ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

175 DATE PREPARED 04/2016 ROUTE STATE MO DISTRICT SHEET NO. HIAWATHA AVENUE - SITE MAP SL COUNTY 8 ALTERNATE 1 ST. LOUIS JOB NO CITY RICHMOND HEIGHTS SCALE SHEET NAME HIAWATHA AVENUE SHEET OF 7 DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON END REMOVE & REPLACE ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS ON THIS PAGE, AND CONCRETE PAVEMENT DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK (50' X 4') 9' 8' 8' HIAWATHA AVENUE 10' 12' 10' BRUNO AVENUE REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS BEGIN REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE PAVEMENT McCREADY AVENUE OR INTENDED TO BE USED FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. REGIONAL OFFICE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A ST. LOUIS, MO TEL FAX PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS LICENSE NO. MISSOURI PROFESSIONAL ENGR. CORP. NC NC MISSOURI LAND SURVEYING CORP. LEGEND NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT NEW CONCRETE DRIVEWAY NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN, INC. ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

176 DATE PREPARED 04/2016 ROUTE STATE MO BRUNO AVENUE - SITE MAP ALTERNATE 2 DISTRICT SHEET NO. SL 9 COUNTY ST. LOUIS JOB NO CITY RICHMOND HEIGHTS SCALE SHEET NAME BRUNO AVENUE SHEET OF 7 BEGIN REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE PAVEMENT REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK (120' X 4') DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS ON THIS PAGE, AND DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO OR INTENDED TO BE USED FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. SUTTON AVENUE ' 8' 12' 12' 8' 9' 18' ' (TYP) BRUNO AVENUE REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS DEL NORTE AVENUE END REMOVE & REPLACE CONCRETE PAVEMENT REGIONAL OFFICE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A ST. LOUIS, MO TEL FAX LICENSE NO. PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS NC MISSOURI PROFESSIONAL ENGR. CORP. NC MISSOURI LAND SURVEYING CORP. LEGEND NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT NEW CONCRETE DRIVEWAY NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN, INC. ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS

177 DESIGN DESIGNATION A.A.D.T = XXXX A.A.D.T = XXXX INDEX OF SHEETS FINAL PLANS "THIS MEDIA SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A CERTIFIED D.H.V. = SHEET XX% DESCRIPTION LACLEDE STATION ROAD T = XX% V = 20 M.P.H. D = XX% ROADWAY RECONSTRUCTION PROJECT FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION - LOCAL DOCUMENT." NUMBER TITLE SHEET TYPICAL SECTIONS (TS) QUANTITIES (QU) PLAN-PROFILE (PP) REF/COORDINATE POINTS (CP) SPECIAL SHEETS (SS) SIGNING/STRIPING (SN) CROSS SECTIONS (XS) DATE PREPARED 04/11/2016 UTILITIES WATER: ROUTE SOUTH OF I-64 TO DALE AVENUE MISSOURI-AMERICAN WATER COMPANY ( ) SANITARY SEWER: METROPOLITAN SEWER DISTRICT CITY OF RICHMOND HEIGHTS METROPOLITAN SEWER DISTRICT ( ) ELECTRIC: JOB NO ST. LOUIS COUNTY, MISSOURI ( ) TELEPHONE: PROJECT NAME LACLEDE STA AT&T MO ONE CALL: 1 COUNTY ( ) LACLEDE GAS COMPANY SHEET NO. ST. LOUIS AMEREN UE GAS: MO DISTRICT SL ( ) STORM SEWER: STATE LSR ( ) SHEET NAME (800-DIG-RITE) TITLE SHEET SHEET 1 I-64 E IV R R GRADING, PAVING, SIDEWALK, CURB & GUTTER AND ON-STREET PARKING PREPARED FOR: PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 7997 ELINOR AVENUE RICHMOND HEIGHTS, MO PROJECT SITE DALE AVENUE 40 R 64 GUARD RAIL CONCRETE RIGHT-OF-WAY MARKER STEEL RIGHT-OF-WAY MARKER LOCATION SURVEY MARKER UTILITIES FO FO T T P P V I R MI SS IS S I P P I NEW BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES FIBER OPTICS 270 LACLEDE STATION ROAD (USED IN PLANS) EXISTING E BEGIN PROJECT STA CONVENTIONAL SYMBOLS 44 R E IV MERAMEC R LENGTH OF PROJECT BEGINNING OF PROJECT STA END OF PROJECT STA ELINOR AVENUE REGIONAL MAP OVERHEAD POWER UNDERGROUND POWER DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS DATE OVERHEAD TELEPHONE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE DESCRIPTION HANLEY ROAD DATE ST. LOUIS, MO BOLAND PLACE 720 OLIVE STREET, SUITE 200A CITY OF RICHMOND HEIGHTS MI SS OU RI END PROJECT STA CIVIL ENGINEER THOUVENOT WADE & MOERCHEN, INC OF DISCLAIMER: THE PROFESSIONAL WHOSE SIGNATURE AND PERSONAL SEAL APPEAR HEREON ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY ONLY FOR WHAT APPEARS ON THIS PAGE, AND DISCLAIMS (PURSUANT TO SECTION RSMO) SPECIFICATION. ESTIMATES, REPORTS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS NOT SEALED BY THE UNDERSIGNED PROFESSIONAL RELATING TO OR INTENDED TO BE USED FOR ANY PART OR PARTS OF THE PROJECT TO WHICH THIS PAGE REFERS. GAS G G WATER W W LOCATION MAP N.T.S. APPARENT LENGTH FEET SAN EQUATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS: MANHOLE NONE LOCATION MAP N.T.S. HYD FIRE HYDRANT WV PED TELEPHONE PEDESTAL FENCE REMOVED AND REPLACED REMOVE TO BE ABANDONED (R&R) (R) PROFILE GRADE LINE GATE POST PGL GP DRIVE DR RADIUS R (TBA) POWER POLE PP PERMANENT PERM. USE IN PLACE (UIP) RIGHT OF WAY R/W OR ROW MODULAR BLOCK RETAINING WALL MBRW DO NOT DISTURB (DND) CONCRETE CONC. SHOULDER SHLDR. (TBRR) SIDEWALK SDWK. PAVEMENT PVMT. ASPHALT ASPH. MANHOLE MH (ATG) EACH BITUMINOUS BIT. TELEPHONE MANHOLE EA. TMH TYPICAL TYP. GAS VALVE GV NOT TO SCALE NTS WATER VALVE WV TEMPORARY TEMP. WATER METER WM EASEMENT ESM'T. BEGINNING OF PROJECT BOP PAGE PG. END OF PROJECT EDGE OF PAVEMENT EXISTING EOP EOP EX. OR EXIST. VERTICAL POINT OF INTERSECTION VPI VERTICAL POINT OF CURVATURE VPC VERTICAL POINT OF TANGENCY VPT PROPOSED PR. OR PROP. BK STATION STA. BACK TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT T.C.E. AHEAD AHD PROPOSED DRAINAGE EASEMENT P.D.E. BACK OF CURB BOC PROPOSED SIDEWALK/UTILITY ESM'T. P.S.U.E. ELEVATION ELEV. OR EL. ROAD RD CHAIN LINK V TO BE REM'D AND RELOCATED (BY CONTRACTOR) WOVEN WIRE X ADJUST TO GRADE GATE POST BM BENCHMARK NOTE: DASHED OR OPEN SYMBOLS INDICATE EXISTING FEATURES TO BE REM'D AND REPLACED BY OTHERS (TBRBO) TO BE ABANDONED AND FILLED (TBA&F) ADJUST TO GRADE BY OTHERS (ATGBO) FACE TO FACE (F-F) FACE TO BASELINE (F-B) FACE TO CENTERLINE (F-C) CENTER TO CENTER BUILDING FACE OF CURB (C-C) BLDG. FOC MINIMUM MIN. ENTRANCE ENTR. SUPERELEVATION RATE MAX. SUPERELEVATION RATE SE MSE TOTAL CORRECTIONS NET LENGTH OF PROJECT STATE LENGTH FEET FEET 0.10 MILES NC NC CORP. SURVEYI NG H-FRAME POWER POLE MI SSOURI LAND LIGHT POLE MI SSOURI PROFESSI ONAL ENGR. CORP. SIGN GROUND MOUNTED SIGN PLANNERS ABBREVIATIONS DITCH BLOCK SURVEYORS DI DROP INLET ENGI NEERS WM WATER METER THOUVENOT, W ADE & M OERCHEN,I NC. PROFESSI ONAL REGI STRATI ONS LI CENSE NO. WATER VALVE